TW200909413A - Compound and optical film - Google Patents

Compound and optical film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200909413A
TW200909413A TW097124051A TW97124051A TW200909413A TW 200909413 A TW200909413 A TW 200909413A TW 097124051 A TW097124051 A TW 097124051A TW 97124051 A TW97124051 A TW 97124051A TW 200909413 A TW200909413 A TW 200909413A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
film
formula
optical film
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW097124051A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI441809B (en
Inventor
Koshiro Ochiai
Masako Sugihara
Bravo Piaomia
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2007304027A external-priority patent/JP5292778B2/en
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW200909413A publication Critical patent/TW200909413A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI441809B publication Critical patent/TWI441809B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/10Dibenzothiopyrans; Hydrogenated dibenzothiopyrans
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/78Ring systems having three or more relevant rings
    • C07D311/80Dibenzopyrans; Hydrogenated dibenzopyrans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L65/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a novel compound and a novel optical film capable of reducing the wavelength dependence of phase retardation value. The present invention provides a compound represented by formula (a). [In formula (a), C10 represents a quaternary carbon atom, A10 and A20 represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group. D10 and D20 represent a cyclic hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and at least one hydrogen contained in these groups being substituted by an electron attracting group. B10 and B20 represent a divalent group. X10 and X20 represent a divalent group such as the group represented by formula (2). (In formula (2), A3 represents -C(=O)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group, B3 has the same meaning as above mentioned B10. n represents an integer of 0 to 4.) E10 and E20 represent an alkylene group etc., P10 and P20 represent a polymeriable group etc.]

Description

200909413 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關適用於相位差膜(phase Fetadatic)n film)或偏光板等光學膜之化合物等,該光學膜可使用於液 晶顯示裝置或有機電激發光顯示裴置等平面顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 在與陰極放射線管(Braun tube)顯示裝置比較時,液 晶顯示裝置(以下亦稱為「LCD」)或有機電激發光顯示裝置 (以下亦稱為「EL」)等平面顯示裝置(以下亦稱為「FpD」) 係可節省空間和低消耗電力。因此,近年來FpD可廣泛普 及於作成電腦、電視、行動電話、汽車導航器或可攜式資 訊終端機的晝面。通常,在FPD中可使用偏光板、相位差 板等各式各樣的光學膜’以防止反射、擴大視角等。 已知相位差的波長分散特性是相位差膜的光學特性之 一。具體上,通常的相位差之波長分散即顯示所謂 [Re(450)/Re(550)] > 1 > [Re(65〇)/Re(55〇)]之特性(伸 疋,Re(;l )疋表示以測定光波長又nm所測得相位差臈的相 位差)。這種波長分散稱為正的波長分散。使聚合性化合物 聚合而得的相位差膜,也同樣可顯示正的波長分散。 在專利文獻1的實施例丨中,使含有鹵素原子或硫原 子的特疋結構之聚合性化合物聚合而得的相位差膜,顯示 [Re(45G)/Re(55G)] = l. G65 及[Re(65G)/Re(550)]=〇.吻丁 是表示正的波長分散,但在與比較例丨的波長分散特性比 較時’正的波長分散是朝逆方向移動。 k 32〇352 200909413 對於光學膜,有降低相位差值的波長依賴性之要求。 相位差值的波長依賴性的程度,可以Re(450)/Re(550)之 值表示,該值大於1的程度越多時,則相位差值的波長依 賴性越增大。此處,Re( λ )是指透過光學膜的波長λ nm之 相位差值。 過去的光學膜,如專利文獻1中所揭示,是將式(20) 表示的化合物塗布在配向媒上而得的光學膜,該光學膜所 提供的1^(450)/1^(550)之值為1.065,並非是充分之值。[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a compound or the like which is applied to an optical film such as a phase difference film or a polarizing plate, and the optical film can be used for a liquid crystal display device or An electromechanical excitation light display device such as a flat display device. [Prior Art] A flat display device such as a liquid crystal display device (hereinafter also referred to as "LCD") or an organic electroluminescence display device (hereinafter also referred to as "EL") when compared with a cathode discharge device (Braun tube) display device (hereinafter also referred to as "FpD") saves space and consumes less power. Therefore, FpD has been widely used in recent years as a computer, television, mobile phone, car navigator or portable information terminal. In general, a wide variety of optical films such as a polarizing plate and a phase difference plate can be used in the FPD to prevent reflection, enlarge the viewing angle, and the like. It is known that the wavelength dispersion characteristic of the phase difference is one of the optical characteristics of the retardation film. Specifically, the wavelength dispersion of the usual phase difference shows the characteristic of [Re(450)/Re(550)] > 1 > [Re(65〇)/Re(55〇)] (Retentive, Re( ;l) 疋 denotes the phase difference 相位 of the phase difference 测 measured by measuring the wavelength of light and nm. This wavelength dispersion is called positive wavelength dispersion. The retardation film obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable compound can also exhibit positive wavelength dispersion. In the example of Patent Document 1, a retardation film obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound having a special structure containing a halogen atom or a sulfur atom shows [Re(45G)/Re(55G)] = l. G65 and [Re(65G)/Re(550)]=〇. The kiss indicates a positive wavelength dispersion, but the positive wavelength dispersion is shifted in the reverse direction when compared with the wavelength dispersion characteristics of the comparative example. k 32〇352 200909413 For optical films, there is a requirement to reduce the wavelength dependence of the phase difference. The degree of wavelength dependence of the phase difference value can be expressed by the value of Re(450)/Re(550). When the value is greater than 1, the wavelength dependence of the phase difference value increases. Here, Re(λ) means a phase difference value of a wavelength λ nm transmitted through the optical film. The optical film of the past, as disclosed in Patent Document 1, is an optical film obtained by coating a compound represented by the formula (20) on an alignment medium, and the optical film provides 1^(450)/1^(550). The value is 1.065, which is not sufficient.

[專利文獻1]曰本特開2006 — 58546號公報([申請專利範 圍第 1 項]、[0115]、[〇117]) 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決的問題] 本發明的目的是提供一種 依賴性的新穎化合物及新穎光 [解決問題的方法] 可單加抑制相位差值之波長 學膜。 的化合物可解決該問 亦即,本發明^下⑴至[35]項所記 本發明人等發現具有特定結構 題,而達成本發明 载的發明。 [1]一種以式(a)表示的化合物: 320352 5 200909413[Patent Document 1] JP-A-2006-58546 ([Patent Application No. 1], [0115], [〇117]) [Disclosure] [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The object of the present invention is Providing a Dependent Novel Compound and Novel Light [Method for Solving the Problem] A wavelength-dependent film that suppresses the phase difference can be added. The present invention solves the problem, that is, the inventors of the present invention have found that the inventors have found a specific structure and achieved the invention contained in the present invention. [1] A compound represented by the formula (a): 320352 5 200909413

m m x i^M0-X20-M)-P 20 (式(a)中,CIO表示四級碳原子或四級石夕原子; A10及A20分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二價雜環 基;A10及A20也可結合烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子; D10及D20分別獨立/也表示烴基或雜環基,並且D10 及D20所含的至少一個原子係經電子吸引基取代;D10 • / 及D20也可藉由烴基、胺基、醚基、硫醚基、胺基烷基、 羰基或單鍵而相互連結; B10及B20分別獨立地表不-CRR _、-CeC-、 _CH-CH_ ' _CH2~CH2- ' -〇- ' ~S_ ' _C(-0)_ n -0(=0)-0- ' -0-C(-0)_ ' -0-0(=0)-0- ' _C(=S)~ ' _C(=S)-0- ' -〇-C(=S)---〇-C(=S)-0-、-CH=N---N=CH---C(=0)-NR-、 -NR-C(=0)---OCH2---NR----CH2O---SCH2---CH2S- ' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-、-0-C(=0)-CH=CH-或單鍵;此處,R 及 R’ 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基; 當X20不是單鍵時,X10及X20分別獨立地表示以式 (2)表示的二價基;Mmxi^M0-X20-M)-P 20 (In the formula (a), CIO represents a quaternary carbon atom or a quaternary atom; A10 and A20 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; A10 and A20 may also be bonded to an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom; D10 and D20 each independently/also represent a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and at least one atom system contained in D10 and D20 is substituted with an electron attracting group; D10 • / And D20 may also be linked to each other by a hydrocarbon group, an amine group, an ether group, a thioether group, an aminoalkyl group, a carbonyl group or a single bond; B10 and B20 independently represent -CRR _, -CeC-, _CH-CH_ ' _CH2~CH2- ' -〇- ' ~S_ ' _C(-0)_ n -0(=0)-0- ' -0-C(-0)_ ' -0-0(=0)-0- ' _C(=S)~ ' _C(=S)-0- ' -〇-C(=S)---〇-C(=S)-0-, -CH=N---N=CH- --C(=0)-NR-, -NR-C(=0)---OCH2---NR----CH2O---SCH2---CH2S- '-CH=CH-C(= 0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-CH=CH- or a single bond; here, R and R' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; when X20 is not a single bond, X10 and X20 Respectively representing a divalent group represented by the formula (2);

[式(2)中,A3表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜 環基;該-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基也可結 合碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳原子數1至4的烷氧基、三 6 320352 200909413 氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基或鹵素原子;B3是與 刖述的B10及B20表示相同意義;n表示1至4的整數; 當η為2至4時,由A3及Β3所構成的結構單位可互為相 同,也可互不相同] 當Χ20為單鍵時,χιο係以式(3)表示的二價基; ·· I . 一"1 一 hzv-- B: --(3); 丄 J Ώ [式⑶中,A3i表示-C(=〇)-c6H4-、5至20員環的二價環狀 烴基或5至20員環的二價雜環基;該_c(=〇)_d_、環狀 烴基或該雜環基也可結合碳原子數丨至4的烷基、碳原子 數1至4的烷氧基、三氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝 基或鹵素原子; -CH2-CHs -0-、-S-、-C(=0)-、-c(〇)-〇-、—〇-C(=〇)_、_〇_c(=〇)一〇_、 -CH-N-、-N=CH-、-C(=〇)-NL’ -、-NRi,-C(=〇)-、-〇ch2-、 -肌,-、-CM-、-CiK:H-C(=0)-〇-、《㈣)_CH=CH-或 單鍵;此處,L,及Rl”分別獨立地表示碳原子數i至4 之炫基或_氫原子; η表示1至4的任一整數;當11為2至4時,由-及 Bn所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同] 當X20不為單鍵時’ E10及E2〇分別獨立地表示碳數2 至25之伸烷基;E10及E2G也可再結合烷基、烷氧基、三 氟曱基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基、鹵素原子; 當X20為單鍵時,E1〇為式(1})表示的二價基,£2〇表 320352 7 200909413 示碳原子數1至12的伸燒基或伸環燒基 (cycioalkylene),E20 所含的氫原子: 4的烧基、奴原子數i至4的絲基或_素原子取代; 5[In the formula (2), A3 represents -C(=0)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; the -C(=0)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent group; The heterocyclic group may also bond an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a triple 6 320352 200909413 fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a halogen atom. B3 is the same meaning as B10 and B20, and n is an integer from 1 to 4. When η is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of A3 and Β3 may be the same or different from each other. When Χ20 is a single bond, χιο is a divalent group represented by the formula (3); ·· I. A "1 a hzv-- B: --(3); 丄J Ώ [In the formula (3), A3i represents -C(=〇)-c6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group of 5 to 20 membered rings or a divalent heterocyclic group of 5 to 20 membered ring; the _c(=〇)_d_, a cyclic hydrocarbon group or the heterocyclic ring The group may also be bonded to an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a halogen atom; -CH2-CHs -0-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -c(〇)-〇-, -〇-C(=〇)_, _〇_c(=〇)一〇_, -CH- N-, -N=CH-, -C(=〇)-NL' - -NRi, -C(=〇)-, -〇ch2-, -Muscle, -, -CM-, -CiK: HC(=0)-〇-, "(4))_CH=CH- or single bond; here , L, and R1" each independently represent a thio or _ hydrogen atom having a carbon number of i to 4; η represents any integer of 1 to 4; and when 11 is 2 to 4, a structure composed of - and Bn The units may be the same or different from each other.] When X20 is not a single bond, 'E10 and E2〇 respectively represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 25; E10 and E2G may also be combined with an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. , trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, nitrile, nitro, halogen atom; when X20 is a single bond, E1〇 is a divalent group represented by formula (1}), £2〇表320352 7 200909413 shows a kecioalkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom contained in E20: a halogen group of 4, a silk group having a slave atom number i to 4, or a γ atom atom;

E 3 0>} [式⑸中’ E3表示碳原子數!至12的伸燒基,①所含 原子也可經❹子數1至4的餘、碳原子數i至4的燒 氧基或鹵素原子取代;Bs表示_〇---s___c(=〇)一、 -C(=0)—〇—、—〇—c(=〇)_、一c(,NRi_、秦C")—、 -0CH2-、-〇-c(’-或單鍵;此處,R]表示碳原子數丨至4 的烷基或氫原子] 當X20不為單鍵時,P10及P20分別獨立地表示氫原 子或,合性基,Pl〇及m的至少一者為聚合性基; 當X20為單鍵時,Pi〇為氩原子或式(p-ι)至(p-5)表 示的基,P20為氫原子;E 3 0>} [In the formula (5), E3 represents the number of carbon atoms! To the extended alkyl group of 12, the atom contained in 1 may also be substituted with an alkoxy group or a halogen atom having a number of diaster numbers of 1 to 4 and a carbon number of i to 4; Bs represents _〇---s___c (=〇) I. -C(=0)-〇-, -〇-c(=〇)_, a c(,NRi_, Qin C")-, -0CH2-, -〇-c('- or single bond; this Wherein, R] represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 4 or a hydrogen atom] When X20 is not a single bond, P10 and P20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a chelating group, and at least one of P1 m and m is a polymerizable group; when X20 is a single bond, Pi〇 is an argon atom or a group represented by formula (p-ι) to (p-5), and P20 is a hydrogen atom;

㈣ (P-3) (P - 4) [式(P-1)至(P-5)中,匕至Rs分別獨立地表示碳數1至4 之烷基或氫原子])。 [2]種以式(1)表示的聚合性化合物: 8 320352 200909413(4) (P-3) (P - 4) [In the formulae (P-1) to (P-5), 匕 to Rs each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom]). [2] A polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1): 8 320352 200909413

Dl、 βΐ ( l ) P2 \ A2 — B2 〜X2—E2~*P2 (式(1)中,c表示四級碳原子或四級矽原子; A1及A2分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二價雜環 基;A1及A2也可結合貌基、烧氧基或_素原子; D1及D2分別獨立地表示烴基或雜環基,並且w及d2 ,所含的至少一個氫原子係經電子吸引基取代…及D2也 可以烴基、胺基、鍵基、硫鍵基、胺基烧基、幾基或單鍵 而相互連結; B1及B2分別獨立地表示—CRR,—、—C^C-、-CHCH-、 -ch2-ch2-、-ο-、-s-、-c(=0)_' _c(=0)_0_、_〇_c(=〇)一、 -〇-C(=0)一〇- 、 -C(=S)- 、 -C(=S)-0- 、 -〇一c(=S)_ 、 -〇-C〇S)-〇-、-CH=N-、-N=CH-、-C(=0)-NR-、-_〇〇)_、 -0CH2-、-NR-、-CH2〇-、-SCH2-、-CH2S-、-CH=CH--C(=〇)-〇-、 -〇-C(=0)-CIH:H-或單鍵;此處,R & R’分別獨立地表示 氫原子或烧基; X1及X2分別獨立地表不以式(2)表示的二價芙· —~一A.3 B. 3 ^ (2) 1 J η [式(2)中,A3表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜 環基,該-C (=0) -C6H4_、二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基也可結 合碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳原子數1至4的燒氧基、三 乱甲基、二氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基或鹵素原子;B3是與 320352 9 200909413 兩述的B1及B2同義,η表示1至4的整數;當^為2至4 時,由A3及Β3所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不 相同]。 Ε1及Ε2分別獨立地表示碳原子數2至25之伸烷基, Ε1及Ε2也可以再結合烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、三氟甲 基氧基、腈基、硝基、鹵素原子; Ρ1及Ρ2分別獨立地表示氫原子或聚合性基,ρι及ρ2 的至少一者為聚合性基)。 [3]如[2]項的聚合性化合物,其中,與構成式(1)中的di 及D2之基結合的電子吸引基,為硝基、腈基、三氟甲基、 以式(4)表示的基或以式(5)表示的基: -Ό—ΟDl, βΐ ( l ) P2 \ A2 — B2 ~X2—E2~*P2 (in the formula (1), c represents a quaternary carbon atom or a quaternary fluorene atom; and A1 and A2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; A1 and A2 may also be bonded to a top group, an alkoxy group or a _ atom; D1 and D2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and w and d2 may contain at least one hydrogen atom. The electron attracting group is substituted... and D2 may be bonded to each other by a hydrocarbon group, an amine group, a bond group, a sulfur bond group, an amine group, a group or a single bond; B1 and B2 respectively represent -CRR, -, -C^ C-, -CHCH-, -ch2-ch2-, -ο-, -s-, -c(=0)_' _c(=0)_0_, _〇_c(=〇)1, -〇-C (=0)一〇-, -C(=S)-, -C(=S)-0-, -〇一c(=S)_, -〇-C〇S)-〇-, -CH= N-, -N=CH-, -C(=0)-NR-, -_〇〇)_, -0CH2-, -NR-, -CH2〇-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -CH= CH--C(=〇)-〇-, -〇-C(=0)-CIH:H- or a single bond; here, R & R' independently represent a hydrogen atom or a burnt group; X1 and X2 Separately, the divalent phors represented by the formula (2) are respectively represented by the formula (2). A.3 B. 3 ^ (2) 1 J η [In the formula (2), A3 represents -C(=0)-C6 H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group, the -C(=0)-C6H4_, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group may also be bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 atomic number, a trimethyl group, a difluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a halogen atom; B3 is synonymous with B1 and B2 described in 320352 9 200909413, and η represents 1 to 4 The integers; when ^ is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of A3 and Β3 may be the same or different from each other]. Ε1 and Ε2 each independently represent an alkylene group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms, and Ε1 and Ε2 may also be bonded to an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, Halogen atom; Ρ1 and Ρ2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group, and at least one of ρι and ρ2 is a polymerizable group). [3] The polymerizable compound according to [2], wherein the electron attracting group bonded to the group of di and D2 in the formula (1) is a nitro group, a nitrile group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a formula (4) ) the base represented by or the base represented by the formula (5): -Ό-Ο

(4): C5) [式(4)及式(5)中,Ra表示氫原子、碳原子數2至的直 鏈狀烧基、碳原子數3至18的分餘縣、碳原子數5至 18的環烧基、苯基、吱唾基(furanyl)或嗔吩基 (^thiophenyl),Rb表示碳原子數j至18的直鏈狀燒基、 反原子數3至18的分枝狀烧基、碳原子數5至a的環烧 基、苯基、呋喃基或噻吩基)。 ⑷如[2]或[3]項的聚合性化合物,其中,式 B2 係單鍵、-0〜_s_、_ci ) ύ C(=〇)-〇-、-〇_c(=〇)_、 或-0-C(=0)~〇 基。 320352 10 200909413 [5]如[2]至[4]項中任一項之聚合性化合物,其中,由式(1) 中的C1、D1及D2所構成的二價基,係選自式oy)至 所成群組之二價基:(4): C5) [In the formulas (4) and (5), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, a linear alkyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a fraction of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and 5 carbon atoms; a cycloalkyl group to 18, a phenyl group, a furanyl group or a thiophenyl group, and Rb represents a linear alkyl group having a carbon number of from j to 18 and a branched form having an inverse atomic number of from 3 to 18. A pyridyl group having a carbon number of 5 to a, a phenyl group, a furyl group or a thienyl group). (4) The polymerizable compound according to [2] or [3], wherein the formula B2 is a single bond, -0 to _s_, _ci) ύ C(=〇)-〇-, -〇_c(=〇)_, Or -0-C (=0) ~ 〇 base. The polymerizable compound according to any one of [2] to [4] wherein the divalent group consisting of C1, D1 and D2 in the formula (1) is selected from the formula oy. ) to the divalent base of the group:

(式(D-1)至(D-11)中,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基;p 及q分別獨立地表示0至4,r表示〇至6。但是,當上述 基為具有(EWG)P及(EWGX之基時,bp+qss,為具胃有 (EWG)r及(EWGXi基時,lSr + qs1〇)。 [6] 如[2]至[5]項中任一項之聚合性化合物,其中,式(1) 中的聚合性基為丙烯醯基或甲基丙稀醯基。 [7] 如[2]項的聚合性化合物,其中,以式(1)表示的聚合性 化合物,係選自以式(1-A)至(1-C)表示的化合物所成群組 之化合物。 320352 11 200909413(In the formulae (D-1) to (D-11), the EWG independently represents the electron attracting group; p and q each independently represent 0 to 4, and r represents 〇 to 6. However, when the above group has (EWG) P and (based on EWGX, bp+qss, with stomach (EWG) r and (EWGXi base, lSr + qs1〇). [6] As in any of [2] to [5] The polymerizable group in the formula (1), wherein the polymerizable group in the formula (1) is a propylene group or a methyl propyl group. [7] The polymerizable compound according to [2], wherein the polymerization represented by the formula (1) The compound is a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formulae (1-A) to (1-C). 320352 11 200909413

n2分別獨立地表示2至14之整數;分別獨立地表 原子或甲基)。 ^ 一種組成物,其含有:不同於[2]至[7]項中任一項之聚 合性化合物且顯示液晶性的聚合性化合物、與[2]至[η項 中任一項之聚合性化合物。 、 [9]如[8]項的組成物,其中,該不同於[2]至[7]項中任 320352 12 200909413 項之聚合性化合物且顯示液晶性的聚合性化合物,係式 (I)、式(II)、式(ΙΠ)或式(IV)表示的化合物: P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) P110-B110-E110- (A110-B120) S-E120-B130-P120 (II) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-F110 (III) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 (IV) [式(I)至(IV)中,Alio分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基、二 價雜環基、亞曱基伸苯基(methylenephenylene)、氧伸苯 基或硫伸苯基(thiophenylene) ; A110也可結合碳原子數1 至5的烷基、碳原子數1至5的烷氧基或鹵素原子; B110、B120、B130及B140分別獨立地表示 -CRT Ri,J - ' -C = C- ' -CH=CH- ' -CH2-CH2- ' -〇- ' -S- ' -C(=0)- ' -C(=0)-〇- ' -〇-〇(=0)- ' -〇-C(=0)-〇-' -C(=S)- ' -C(=S)-0---〇-C(=S)-、-0-C(=S)-0-、-CH=N---N=CH-、 -N=N-、-N(—0)=N-、-N=N(—0)-、-C(=0)-NRi’ -、 -NR/ -C(=0)---OCH2---NRiJ---CH2O- ' -SCH2- > -CH2S- ' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-、-0-C(=0)-CH=CH-或單鍵(且,Rr 及 Rr 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數1至4之烷基); E110及E120分別獨立地表示碳原子數2至25之伸烷 基;並且’ E110及E120也可結合碳原子數1至5之烷基、 碳原子數1至5之烧氧基或鹵素原子; P110及P120分別獨立地表示聚合性基; F110表示氫原子、烷基、腈基、硝基、三氟甲基或鹵 素原子; 13 320352 200909413 s分別獨立地表示1至5之整數;當s為2至5時, 由A110及B120所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不 相同]。 [10] 如[8]或[9]項之組成物,其中,相對於不同於[2]至[7] 項中任一項之聚合性化合物且顯示液晶性的聚合性化合 物、與[2]至[7]項中任一項之聚合性化合物的合計1〇〇重 量份,[2]至[7]項中任一項之聚合性化合物的含有量為3 至50重量份。 [11] 一種光學膜,其含有源自[2]至[7]項中任一項之聚合 性化合物的結構單位。 [12 ] —種光學膜’其係由[8 ]至[9 ]項中任一項之組成物聚 合而成。 [13]如[11]或[12]項的光學膜,其係使用於波長55〇nm的 相位差值(Re(550))為113至163nm的;1/4板。 [H]如[11]或[12]項的光學膜,其係使用於波長55〇nm的 相位差值(Re(550))為250至300nm的;I /2板。 [15] 一種偏光板,其含有[11]至[14]項中任一項之光學 膜、與偏光膜。 [16] —種平面顯示裝置,.其具備[15]項的偏光板、與液晶 面板。 [Π] —種有機EL顯示裝置,其具備包含[15]項的偏光板之 有機電激發光面板。 [18]—種未聚合膜的製造方法,其是將[8]至[1〇]項中任一 項之組成物塗布在支撐基材後,再使其乾燥。 320352 14 200909413 [19] 一種未聚合膜的製造方法,其係將[8]至[ι〇]項中任— 項之組成物塗布在支撐基材上形成的配向膜上,再使其乾 燥。 [20] —種光學膜的製造方法,其係使[18]或[19]項中之製 造方法所得的未聚合膜藉由聚合而硬化。 [21] —種以式(11)或式(21)表示的化合物:N2 independently represents an integer from 2 to 14; each independently represents an atom or a methyl group. A composition containing a polymerizable compound different from the polymerizable compound according to any one of [2] to [7] and exhibiting liquid crystallinity, and the polymerizability of any one of [2] to [n] Compound. [9] The composition of the item [8], wherein the polymerizable compound which is different from the polymerizable compound of any one of [2] to [7] and which exhibits liquid crystallinity, is a formula (I) , a compound represented by formula (II), formula (ΙΠ) or formula (IV): P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) P110-B110-E110- (A110 -B120) S-E120-B130-P120 (II) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-F110 (III) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 (IV) [ In the formulae (I) to (IV), Alio independently represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a methylene phenylene group, an oxygen phenyl group or a thiophenylene group; It is also possible to combine an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; B110, B120, B130 and B140 each independently represent -CRT Ri, J - ' -C = C- ' -CH=CH- ' -CH2-CH2- ' -〇- ' -S- ' -C(=0)- ' -C(=0)-〇- ' -〇-〇(=0)- ' - 〇-C(=0)-〇-' -C(=S)- ' -C(=S)-0---〇-C(=S)-,-0-C(=S)-0- , -CH=N---N=CH-, -N=N-, -N(-0)=N-, -N=N(-0)-, -C(=0)-NRi' -, -NR/ -C(=0)---OCH2---NRiJ ---CH2O- ' -SCH2- > -CH2S- ' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-,-0-C(=0)-CH=CH- or single bond (and, Rr and Rr each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; E110 and E120 each independently represent an alkylene group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms; and 'E110 and E120 may also be bonded to a carbon number of 1 to An alkyl group of 5, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; P110 and P120 each independently represent a polymerizable group; and F110 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a halogen atom. Atomic; 13 320352 200909413 s respectively represent an integer from 1 to 5; when s is 2 to 5, the structural units composed of A110 and B120 may be identical to each other or different from each other]. [10] The composition of the item [8] or [9], wherein the polymerizable compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity with respect to the polymerizable compound of any one of [2] to [7], and [2] The total amount of the polymerizable compound of any one of the items [7] to [7] is from 3 to 50 parts by weight. [11] An optical film comprising the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound according to any one of [2] to [7]. [12] An optical film, which is obtained by polymerizing the composition of any one of [8] to [9]. [13] The optical film of [11] or [12], which is used for a phase difference (Re (550)) having a wavelength of 55 〇 nm of 113 to 163 nm; 1/4 plate. [H] An optical film according to [11] or [12], which is used for a phase difference (Re(550)) having a wavelength of 55 〇 nm of 250 to 300 nm; an I/2 plate. [15] A polarizing plate comprising the optical film of any one of [11] to [14], and a polarizing film. [16] A flat display device comprising: a polarizing plate of [15] and a liquid crystal panel. [Π] An organic EL display device comprising an organic electroluminescence panel comprising a polarizing plate of [15]. [18] A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying the composition of any one of [8] to [1〇] to a support substrate, followed by drying. 320352 14 200909413 [19] A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying the composition of any one of [8] to [ι〇] onto an alignment film formed on a support substrate, and then drying it. [20] A method for producing an optical film, which comprises curing the unpolymerized film obtained by the production method of [18] or [19] by polymerization. [21] A compound represented by formula (11) or formula (21):

(式(11)至(21)中’ EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基· p 1及 ql分別獨立地表示〇至4的任一整數;但是,丨w ; — 入”及A1Z分別獨立地表示i,4_伸苯基,該ij—伸苯基 也可結合選自碳數丨至4的烷基及碳原子數丨莖4的烷^ 基所成群組之至少一種取代基;(EWG in equations (11) to (21) independently represent electron attracting groups, p 1 and ql each independently represent any integer from 〇 to 4; however, 丨w ; — and A1Z are independently represented. i, 4_ stretched phenyl group, the ij-phenylene group may also be bonded to at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 4 and an alkyl group having a carbon number of the stem 4;

Bn、B21 及 β31 分別獨立地表示—〇—、_s_、—、 —c(=0)m〇)…c(=〇)_NRi’…眺,—c(鲁、 (〇2 〇 c( 〇) 〇-或單鍵,此處,[表示碳原子數1 至4之院基或氫原子; X表示式(3)表示的 二價基;Bn, B21 and β31 respectively represent -〇, _s_, -, -c(=0)m〇)...c(=〇)_NRi'...眺, -c(鲁, (〇2 〇c( 〇) 〇- or a single bond, here, [ represents a hospital group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X represents a divalent group represented by the formula (3);

[式(3)中’ A31表示—c(脊—一、5至㈣環的二價環狀 320352 15 200909413 煙^或5至20員環的二價雜環基;該-c㈣-ci、環狀 域或該雜環基也可結合碳原子數i至4㈣基、碳原子 數1至4的烷氧基、二翁田甘 ^ 乳丞—齓甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝 基或鹵素原子; B41 表示,'Rl” -、倒-、-CH.、普CH2_、 一〇—、I、—C(=0)-、-C(,l' -0-C㈣ —CH:[、—N=CH_、-C(=0)~NRi,-、-NR!,-C(=0)-、-〇CH2-、 〇〇NRl ' ~Cm cH=CH-C(=〇)-〇---0-C(=0)-CH=CH-^ 單鍵’此處’ Rl及Rl”分別獨立地表示碳數1至4之烷 基或氫原子; Π表示1至4的任-整數;當η為2至4時,由a31及 Bum構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同][In the formula (3), 'A31 represents a -c (ridge-mono, 5- to (tetra) ring) divalent ring 320352 15 200909413 smog or a divalent heterocyclic group of 5 to 20 membered ring; the -c(tetra)-ci, ring The domain or the heterocyclic group may also bond an alkoxy group having a carbon number i to a 4 (tetra) group, a carbon number of 1 to 4, a dion field, a lanthanum methyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group. , nitro or halogen atom; B41 means, 'Rl' -, inverted -, -CH., general CH2_, one 〇 -, I, -C(=0)-, -C(, l' -0-C(4) - CH: [, -N=CH_, -C(=0)~NRi,-, -NR!, -C(=0)-, -〇CH2-, 〇〇NRl ' ~Cm cH=CH-C(= 〇)-〇---0-C(=0)-CH=CH-^ Single bond 'herein' Rl and Rl" each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom; Π represents 1 to Any-integer of 4; when η is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of a31 and Bum may be the same or different from each other]

En表不碳原子數1至12之伸烷基,Eu所含的氫原子 也可經碳原子數1至4之絲、碳原子數丨.至4之院氧基 或鹵素原子取代;En represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in Eu may be substituted by a filament having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a number of carbon atoms of 丨. to 4, or a halogen atom;

Eu表示碳原子數丨至12之烷基或環烷基,心所含的 氫原子也可經碳原子數1至4之烷基、碳原子數i至4之 院氧基或ί素原子取代;Eu represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 12 or a cycloalkyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the core may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. ;

Pu為氫原子或式(P-ι)至(Ρ-5)表示的基;Pu is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula (P-I) to (Ρ-5);

f灸:今。 (P-3) (P-4) (P-5) [式(P-1)至(P-5)中,R1至R5分別獨立地表示碳數1至 16 320352 200909413 之烷基或氫原子])。 [22] 如[21]項的化合物,其中,式(U)及(21)中的EWG為 硝基、腈基或三氟甲基。 [23] 如[21]或[22]項的化合物,其中,a31為式(4_丨)至(4_5) 表示的任何一種基:f moxibustion: today. (P-3) (P-4) (P-5) [In the formulae (P-1) to (P-5), R1 to R5 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having a carbon number of 1 to 16 320352 200909413; ]). [22] The compound according to [21], wherein the EWG in the formulae (U) and (21) is a nitro group, a nitrile group or a trifluoromethyl group. [23] A compound according to [21] or [22], wherein a31 is any one of the groups represented by formula (4_丨) to (4_5):

㈣ ㈣ [24] 如[21]至[23]項中任一項之化合物,其中,式(U)及 (21)中的Pi為式(p_l)表示的基。 [25] —種組成物,其含有:如[21]至[24]項中任一項之化 合物、與顯示液晶性的聚合性化合物。 [26] —種光學膜,其是由[25]項的組成物聚合而成者。 [27] —種光學膜,其含有源自[21]至[.24]項中任一項之化 合物的結構單位。 [28] —種λ/4板’其係如[26]或[27]項的光學膜,而透過 該光學膜的光的波長550nm之相位差值(Re(550))為113至 163nm 者。 [29] —種又/2板,其係如[26]或[27]項的光學膜,而透過 έ亥光學膜的光的波長550nm之相位差值(Re(550))為250至 300nm 者。 [30] —種偏光板,其包含[26]至[29]項中任一項之光學 膜、與偏光膜。 [31] —種平面顯示裝置,其具備[30]項的偏光板、與液晶 17 320352 200909413 面板。 [32] —種有機電激發光顯示裝置,其具備[30]項的偏光 板、與有機電激發光面板。 [33] —種未聚合膜的製造方法,其是將含有[25]項的組成 物之溶液塗布在支撐基材後,再使其乾燥。 [34] —種未聚合膜的製造方法,其係將含有[25]項的組成 物之溶液塗布在支撐基材上形成的配向膜上,再使其乾燥。 [35 ] —種光學膜的製造方法,其係使[33]或[34]項中任一 項之製造方法所得的未聚合膜藉由聚合而硬化者。 [發明的效果] 本發明可提供一種可更加抑制相位差值之波長依賴性 的新穎化合物及新穎光學膜。 本發明的光學膜可具有廣範圍且所要求之相位差。因 此,該光學膜即使只為一片光學膜,也可使用作為λ/4板 或λ /2板。 含有來自式(1)表示的聚合性化合物的結構單位之光 學膜,是顯示已抑制正的波長分散之波長分散特性的光學 膜,由於可供應這種特性的結構單位(來自式(1)表示的聚 合性化合物之結構單位)之含有量少,而可廉價的提供。 並且,式(1)表示的聚合性化合物之相溶性優異,因亦 可溶解於汎用的有機溶劑中,故在使用作為光學膜用聚合 物之單體時,明顯可容易調整光學膜之光學特性,只以少 量添加式(1)表示的聚合性化合物,即可使光學膜朝著與正 的波長分散為相反之方向移動。 18 320352 200909413 【實施方式】 本發明的化合物為式(a)表示的化合物: 脚、/細-BlOHaO—E10, M (a) D20 ^i\20^2Q-^^E20-f20 (式(a)中,CIO表示四級複原子或四級石夕原子; A10及A20分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二價雜環 基;A10及A20也可結合烷基、烷氧基或齒素原子; D10及D20分別獨立地為烴基或雜環基,並且D10及 D20所含的至少一個氫原子係經電子吸引基取代;D10及 D20也可以fe基、胺基、鍵基、硫鍵基、胺基烧基、叛基 或單鍵而相互連結; B10及B20分別獨立地表示-CRR’ -、-CeC-、 -CIKH-、-CH2-CH2-、-0-、_S-、-C(=0)-、-C(=0)-0_、 -0-C(=0)---0-C(=0)-0---C(=S)—c(=s)-o-、 -0-C(=S)---0-C(=S)-0-、-CH=N---N=CH---C(=0)-NR-、 _NR_C(=0)-、-OCH2-、-NR-、-CH2O-、-SCH2-、-CH2S-、 -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-、-0-C(=0)-CH=CH-或單鍵;此處,R 及 R’ 分別獨立地表示氳原子或烧基; 當X20不為單鍵時,X10及X20分別獨立地表示以式 (2)表示的二價基; ---A3--B 3 ---(2) J η [式(2)中,A3表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜 19 320352 200909413 壤基;該-C (=0) -C6H4-、一價環狀fe基或二價雜環基也可会士 合碳數1至4的烷基、碳數1至4的烷氧基、三1曱基、 三IL曱基氧基、腈基、石肖基或鹵素原子;B3是與前述的mo 及B20表示相同之意義;η表示1至4的整數;當n為2 至4時’由A3及B3所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可 互不相同] 當X20為單鍵時,X10表示以式(3)表示的二價基;(4) The compound according to any one of [21] to [23], wherein Pi in the formulae (U) and (21) is a group represented by the formula (p_1). [25] A composition comprising the compound according to any one of [21] to [24], and a polymerizable compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity. [26] An optical film obtained by polymerizing a composition of the item [25]. [27] An optical film comprising the structural unit derived from the compound of any one of [21] to [.24]. [28] A λ/4 plate which is an optical film of [26] or [27], and a phase difference (Re(550)) of light having a wavelength of 550 nm transmitted through the optical film is 113 to 163 nm. . [29] A type of/2 plate, which is an optical film of [26] or [27], and a phase difference (Re(550)) of light having a wavelength of 550 nm transmitted through the optical film of the sea is 250 to 300 nm. By. [30] A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of [26] to [29], and a polarizing film. [31] A flat display device comprising the polarizing plate of [30] and the liquid crystal 17 320352 200909413 panel. [32] An organic electroluminescence display device comprising the polarizing plate of [30] and an organic electroluminescence panel. [33] A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying a solution containing the composition of [25] to a support substrate, followed by drying. [34] A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying a solution containing the composition of [25] onto an alignment film formed on a support substrate, and drying the solution. [35] A method for producing an optical film, which is obtained by curing the unpolymerized film obtained by the method of any one of [33] or [34]. [Effect of the Invention] The present invention can provide a novel compound and a novel optical film which can further suppress the wavelength dependency of the retardation value. The optical film of the present invention can have a wide range and a desired phase difference. Therefore, the optical film can be used as a λ/4 plate or a λ /2 plate even if it is only one optical film. An optical film containing a structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1) is an optical film exhibiting wavelength dispersion characteristics in which positive wavelength dispersion is suppressed, and a structural unit capable of supplying such a characteristic (from the formula (1) The structural unit of the polymerizable compound has a small content and can be provided at low cost. Further, since the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1) is excellent in compatibility and can be dissolved in a general-purpose organic solvent, it is possible to easily adjust the optical properties of the optical film when a monomer as a polymer for an optical film is used. By adding the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1) in a small amount, the optical film can be moved in the opposite direction to the positive wavelength dispersion. 18 320352 200909413 [Embodiment] The compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the formula (a): a foot, /fine-BlOHaO-E10, M (a) D20 ^i\20^2Q-^^E20-f20 (formula (a) In the above, CIO represents a four-stage complex atom or a fourth-order stone atom; A10 and A20 independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; and A10 and A20 may also be bonded to an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a dentate. Atom; D10 and D20 are each independently a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and at least one hydrogen atom contained in D10 and D20 is substituted with an electron attracting group; D10 and D20 may also be a fe group, an amine group, a bond group, or a sulfur bond group. , an amine group, a thiol or a single bond to each other; B10 and B20 independently represent -CRR' -, -CeC-, -CIKH-, -CH2-CH2-, -0-, _S-, -C (=0)-, -C(=0)-0_, -0-C(=0)---0-C(=0)-0---C(=S)-c(=s)- O-, -0-C(=S)---0-C(=S)-0-, -CH=N---N=CH---C(=0)-NR-, _NR_C(= 0) -, -OCH2-, -NR-, -CH2O-, -SCH2-, -CH2S-, -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-,-0-C(=0)-CH=CH - or a single bond; here, R and R' each independently represent a ruthenium atom or a ruthenium; when X20 is not a single bond, X10 and X20 are independently represented by (2) a divalent group represented; ---A3--B 3 ---(2) J η [In the formula (2), A3 represents -C(=0)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or Divalent 19 320352 200909413 soil base; the -C (=0) -C6H4-, monovalent cyclic fe group or divalent heterocyclic group may also be a carbon number of 1 to 4, carbon number 1 to Alkoxy, tri-l-decyl, tri-IL-decyloxy, nitrile, schlossyl or halogen atom; B3 is the same meaning as mo and B20 described above; η represents an integer from 1 to 4; 2 to 4 o', the structural units composed of A3 and B3 may be the same or different from each other. When X20 is a single bond, X10 represents a divalent group represented by formula (3);

[式(3)中,A31表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、5至20員環的二價環狀 烴基或5至20員環的二價雜環基;、環狀 烴基或該雜環基也可結合碳數i至4的烷基、碳原子 至4的烷氧基、三氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基 鹵素原子; 土 〜表示-CR/ R/’ -、-C三C_、_CH=CH_、_CH2—CH2—、 0~、~S_、-c(=0)-、-C(=0)-0-、-0-CO0)-、-〇-c(=〇)—〇_ -CH=N-、-N=CH-、-C(=〇)-NRi,-、—NRl,-c(=0)_、_〇CH2— 〇〇NRl ~ ' ~CH2° CH=CH-C(=0)-0- ' -〇-C(=0)-CH=CH~^ 早鍵;此處’ R!,及Rl,,分別獨立地表示碳數U .基或氫原子; 之烷 η表示1至4的任一整數;#11為2至4時,由i及 41斤構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同] 當Χ20不為單鍵時,Ε1〇及Ε2〇分別獨立地表示碳原 丈2至25的伸烷基,Ε10及Ε20也可再結合烷基、烷氧 20 320352 200909413 基、三氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基、鹵素原子; 當X20為單鍵時,E10表示以式(b)表示的二價基,E20 表示碳原子數1至12的伸烷基或伸環烷基,E2〇所含的氫 原子也可經碳原子數1至4的烷基'碳原子數丨至4的^ 氧基或鹵素原子取代; f 4umm Μ 5 (b) [式(b)中,E3表示碳原子數丨至12的伸烷基,Es所含的氫 原子也可經碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳原子數丨至4的烷 氧基或鹵素原子取代;b5表示-0---S-、-c(=o)-、 -C(=0)-0-、-〇-c(=〇)---C(=0)-NRi- > -NRi-C(=〇)~ > OCH2 0 C(-0)-或單鍵,·此處,表示碳原子數i至4 的烧基或氫原子] 當X20不為單鍵時’ P1〇及P2〇分別獨立地表示氫原 子或聚合性基,P10及P20的至少一者為聚合性基; 當X20為單鍵時,pi〇為氫原子或以(ρ_ι)至 示的基’P20為氫原子; 乂^r2[In the formula (3), A31 represents a -C(=0)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group of 5 to 20 membered rings or a divalent heterocyclic group of 5 to 20 membered ring; a cyclic hydrocarbon group or the same The cyclic group may also be bonded to an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 4, an alkoxy group having a carbon atom to 4, a trifluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group or a nitro halogen atom; the earth 〜 represents -CR/R /' -, -C three C_, _CH=CH_, _CH2—CH2—, 0~, ~S_, -c(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-,-0-CO0)-,- 〇-c(=〇)—〇_—CH=N-, -N=CH-, -C(=〇)-NRi,-, —NRl,-c(=0)_, _〇CH2—〇〇 NRl ~ ' ~CH2° CH=CH-C(=0)-0- ' -〇-C(=0)-CH=CH~^ Early key; here 'R!, and Rl, are independently represented Carbon number U. A group or a hydrogen atom; the alkene η represents any integer from 1 to 4; when #11 is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of i and 41 kg may be the same or different from each other] When Χ20 is not a single bond, Ε1〇 and Ε2〇 respectively represent the alkyl groups of carbons 2 to 25, and Ε10 and Ε20 may also be combined with alkyl, alkoxy 20 320352 200909413, trifluoromethyl, Fluoromethyloxy, nitrile, nitro, halogen atom; when X20 is a single bond, E10 represents (b) represents a divalent group, E20 represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in E2〇 may also pass through an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.丨 to 4 is substituted by an oxy group or a halogen atom; f 4umm Μ 5 (b) [In the formula (b), E3 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 12, and a hydrogen atom contained in Es may also pass through a carbon atom. a number of 1 to 4 alkyl groups, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4 to 4 or a halogen atom; b5 represents -0---S-, -c(=o)-, -C(=0)-0- , -〇-c(=〇)---C(=0)-NRi- > -NRi-C(=〇)~ > OCH2 0 C(-0)- or single bond, ·here, a group having a carbon number of i to 4 or a hydrogen atom] When X20 is not a single bond, 'P1〇 and P2〇 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group, and at least one of P10 and P20 is a polymerizable group; When X20 is a single bond, pi is a hydrogen atom or (ρ_ι) to the base 'P20 is a hydrogen atom; 乂^r2

—Q R4 R5 (P-1) (P-2) (P-3)—Q R4 R5 (P-1) (P-2) (P-3)

(P'5) [式(Ρ-l)至(P-5)中,匕至Rs分別獨立地表示碳原子數工 至4之烷基或氫原子])。 本發明的化合物之一的實施形態,為以下述式(1)表 320352 21 200909413 的聚合性化合物(以下稱為「聚合性化合物(1)」)。(P'5) [In the formulae (Ρ-l) to (P-5), 匕 to Rs each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 or a hydrogen atom]). The embodiment of the compound of the present invention is a polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as "polymerizable compound (1)") represented by the following formula (1): 320352 21 200909413.

Dl\ /A1—B1 〜XI—E1—P1 /V (η D2 Α2 — Β2〜Χ2 — Ε2—Ρ2 式Ο)中,ci表示四級碳原子或四級石夕原子。 由於C1為四級取代基,故構成A1及B1的面與構成 A2及B2的面係形成1〇〇。至14〇。,並以形成11〇。至13〇。 ,佳。因此,本實施形態的聚合性化合物(1)在有機溶劑中 ;谷解時了&鬲與後述的液晶性化合物之相溶性,並有增 力所得光子膜之相位差值的傾向,而為較佳。其中,就製 k聚口 1·生化合物⑴的容易度而言,以C1為四級碳原子時 為佳。 ⑥式(1)中,A1及A2分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二 饧=¼基,並以表示碳原子數大約5至2〇的二價環狀烴基 或碳原子數大約5至20的二價雜環基為佳。 ,就可使用作為A1及A2的二價環狀烴基而言 ,可舉例 如衣戊基、%己基等碳原子數大約5至的環烷基、以下 述式表示的碳原子數大約6至20的芳香族基、Dl\ /A1—B1 ~XI—E1—P1 /V (η D2 Α2 — Β2~Χ2 — Ε2—Ρ2 Ο), where ci represents a quaternary carbon atom or a quaternary atom. Since C1 is a quaternary substituent, the faces constituting A1 and B1 form a face with the faces constituting A2 and B2. To 14 baht. And to form 11 〇. To 13 baht. ,good. Therefore, the polymerizable compound (1) of the present embodiment is in an organic solvent; in the case of the solution, the compatibility of the oxime with the liquid crystal compound described later, and the tendency of the phase difference of the photonic film obtained by the force is increased. Preferably. Among them, in terms of the easiness of the production of the compound (1), it is preferred that C1 is a quaternary carbon atom. In the formula (1), A1 and A2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a dioxime group, and represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of about 5 to 2 Å or a carbon number of about 5 to A divalent heterocyclic group of 20 is preferred. In the case of the divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group as A1 and A2, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of about 5 to 10 such as a pentyl group or a % hexyl group, and a carbon number represented by the following formula of about 6 to 20 may be used. Aromatic group,

由下返式表不的5員環及6員環等所構成的脂環式基、或 320352 22 200909413An alicyclic base consisting of a 5-member ring and a 6-member ring, or 320352 22 200909413

由下述式表示的5員環及6員環等所構成的雜環基等。 ◎,口,$,旮 ,〇,,公 A1及A2也可結合烧基、院氧基或鹵素原子。例如, 上述的二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基的部份氫原子,也可經 甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基等碳原子數大約i至4的 烷基;曱氧基、乙氧基等碳原子數大約丨至4的烷氧基; 一氟甲基,二氟曱基氧基;腈基;硝基;氟原子、氣原子、 >臭原子等鹵素原子取代。 其中,若A1及A2為同種類的基,則因容易製造而佳。 另外,以1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、3曱基一 1>4一伸苯基 作為A1及A2時,因容易製造而佳。 _ D1及D2分別獨立地為烴基或雜環基,並且卯及卯 所含的至少一個氫原子係經 電子吸引基取代。 風“當D1及D2中的任一方含有電子吸引基時,在所得光 了,中即使來自聚合性化合物⑴的結構單位之含有量為 也可使正的波長分散朝逆方向移動,由於有容易控 D比得光學膜的波長分散特性之傾向而佳,尤其是D1及 D2皆含有電子吸引基時,因可使聚合性化合物⑴容易合 320352 23 200909413 成而佳。 D1及D2中所含的烴基,為環狀、直鏈狀或分枝狀的 碳原子數1至20的烴基,具體上若以未經電子吸引基取代 的基為例,則為環狀烴基時,可舉例如環戊基、環己基等 碳原子數大約5至12的環烷基等。 同時,可舉出下述式表示的碳原子數大約6至20之經 電子吸引基取代的芳香族基等。A heterocyclic group composed of a 5-membered ring and a 6-membered ring represented by the following formula. ◎, mouth, $, 旮, 〇,, public A1 and A2 can also be combined with a base, a hospitaloxy or a halogen atom. For example, a part of the hydrogen atom of the above divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or divalent heterocyclic group may also be an alkyl group having a carbon number of about i to 4 such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group or a third butyl group; Alkoxy groups having a carbon number of about 4 to methoxy, ethoxy, etc.; monofluoromethyl, difluorodecyloxy; nitrile; nitro; fluorine atom, gas atom, > Atomic substitution. Among them, when A1 and A2 are the same type of base, it is preferable because it is easy to manufacture. Further, when 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, and 3 fluorenyl group 1> 4-phenylene group are used as A1 and A2, it is preferable because it is easy to produce. _ D1 and D2 are each independently a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and at least one hydrogen atom contained in ruthenium and osmium is substituted with an electron attracting group. In the case where the electron-attracting group is contained in any one of D1 and D2, even if the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) is such that the positive wavelength dispersion is shifted in the reverse direction, it is easy to It is preferable to control D to the wavelength dispersion characteristics of the optical film. In particular, when both D1 and D2 contain an electron attracting group, the polymerizable compound (1) can be easily formed into a combination of D32 and D2. The hydrocarbon group is a cyclic, linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Specifically, when a group which is not substituted with an electron attracting group is used as a cyclic hydrocarbon group, for example, cyclopentane is exemplified. A cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of from about 5 to about 12, such as a cyclohexyl group, and the like, and an aromatic group substituted with an electron attracting group having a carbon number of about 6 to 20 represented by the following formula.

(ΒΛΛ3)γ (EWG)^ (EWG),(ΒΛΛ3) γ (EWG)^ (EWG),

此處,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基。p及Q分別獨 立地表示0至4,r表示0至6。但是,當上述基為具有.(EWG)p 及(EWGX 之基時,l$p+q$8,為具有(EWG)r 及(EWG)q2 基時,1 S r + q S 10。較佳的是1。 通常,電子吸引基係取代結合在與C1結合的碳原子之 /3位碳原子的氳原子。 就可使用在D1及D2且電子吸引基可取代的雜環基而 言,可舉例如下述式等。 24 320352 200909413 >^-(EWG)t ^(EWG)t Q(EWG)t (EWG)tHere, the EWG independently represents an electron attracting group. p and Q respectively represent 0 to 4, and r represents 0 to 6. However, when the above group has (EWG)p and (EWGX, l$p+q$8, and has (EWG)r and (EWG)q2 groups, 1 S r + q S 10 . Generally, the electron-attracting group is substituted with a ruthenium atom bonded to a carbon atom at the carbon atom of the carbon atom bonded to C1. The heterocyclic group which can be substituted at D1 and D2 and which can be substituted by an electron attracting group can be used. For example, the following formula, etc. 24 320352 200909413 >^-(EWG)t ^(EWG)t Q(EWG)t (EWG)t

R ^T^(EWGX ^(EWG), _^^Nr- (pG)» NR'R ^T^(EWGX ^(EWG), _^^Nr- (pG)» NR'

(EWG)rV(EWG)rV

式中,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基。t表示1至5 的整數,並以1至2為佳。 通常,電子吸引基係取代結合在雜原子的α位之碳原 子的氫原子。 此處,電子吸引基可舉例如硝基、腈基、三氟曱基、 以式(4)表示的基及以式(5)表示的基等。 其中,更以石肖基、腈基、三氟甲基因可使聚合性化合 物(1)容易製造而佳。In the formula, the EWG independently represents an electron attracting group. t represents an integer from 1 to 5, and preferably from 1 to 2. Usually, the electron attracting group replaces the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom of the alpha position of the hetero atom. Here, examples of the electron attracting group include a nitro group, a nitrile group, a trifluoromethyl group, a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (5), and the like. Among them, the polymerizable compound (1) can be easily produced by using a schlossyl group, a nitrile group or a trifluoromethyl group.

(4) (5) (式(4)及式(5)中,Ra表示氫原子、碳原子數1至18的直 鏈狀烷基、碳原子數3至18的分枝狀烷基、碳原子數5至 18的環烷基、苯基、呋喃基或噻吩基;Rb表示碳原子數1 至18的直鏈狀烷基、碳原子數3至18的分枝狀烷基、碳 原子數5至18的環烷基、苯基、呋喃基或噻吩基)。 D1及D2也可藉由烴基、胺基、醚基、硫醚基、胺基 25 320352 200909413 烷基、羰基或單鍵而相互連結。上述烴基係以碳原子數大 約1至5的烴基為佳,而更好的是亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙 基等伸烷基,或伸烷基的單鍵經雙鍵或三鍵取代而成的連、 結基等。 由Cl、D1及D2所構成的二價基(-C1D1D2-)係以D1及 D2相互連結的基為佳,至於其具體例,有以式(D-1)至(D-11) 表示的二價基等。(4) (5) (In the formulae (4) and (5), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and carbon. a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 atoms, a phenyl group, a furyl group or a thienyl group; Rb represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number 5 to 18 cycloalkyl, phenyl, furyl or thienyl). D1 and D2 may also be bonded to each other by a hydrocarbon group, an amine group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amine group 25 320352 200909413 alkyl group, a carbonyl group or a single bond. The above hydrocarbon group is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of about 1 to 5, and more preferably a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or the like, or a single bond of an alkyl group via a double bond or a triple bond. Replaced by the connection, the base, and so on. The divalent group (-C1D1D2-) composed of Cl, D1 and D2 is preferably a group in which D1 and D2 are bonded to each other, and as a specific example thereof, it is represented by the formula (D-1) to (D-11). Divalent base, etc.

式(D-1)至式(D-11)中,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引 基。p及q分別表示獨立的0至4, r表示0至6。但是, 當上述基為具有(EWG)P及(EWGX之基時,l$p + q$8,為 具有(EWG)r及(EWGX之基時,l$r + qS10。較佳的是 p=q=r=l ° 另外,EWG較佳係取代結合在相對於Cl對應之碳原子 為r位之碳原子的氫原子。 其中(D-1)更以製造的容易度之觀點而佳,尤其以下述 式表示的(D-1-1)為佳。 26 320352 200909413In the formulae (D-1) to (D-11), the EWG independently represents an electron attracting group. p and q represent independent 0 to 4, respectively, and r represents 0 to 6. However, when the above base has (EWG)P and (EWGX base, l$p + q$8, with (EWG)r and (EWGX basis, l$r + qS10. Preferably p= q=r=l ° Further, the EWG is preferably substituted for a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom having an r position with respect to the carbon atom corresponding to Cl. (D-1) is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, especially (D-1-1) represented by the following formula is preferred. 26 320352 200909413

(式中,EWG表示--、-CN_、—CF3_等電子吸引基)。 尚且’在作為D1及D2的前述例示之結構中所含的部 份氫原子,也可經甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基等碳原 子數大約1至4 _基;甲氧基、乙氧鱗碳原子數大約 1至4的烧氧基;氟原子、氣原子、演原子等4素原 取代。 B1及B2分別獨立地表示-CRR,…—Csc_、、 «-、一〇一、-s-、_c(=0)一、_c(=〇)_〇_、一〇_c(鲁、 -〇-C(=0)_〇_、_c(=s)_、—c(=s)_〇_、、 -〇-c(=s)_o-、-CH=N〜N替、_c(=〇)_NR…㈣㈣_、 -0CH2-、-NR-、-CH2〇-、-SCH2_、儒_、普啊(=〇)_〇_、 -〇-C(=G)-aH:H-或單鍵。此處,R & R,分卿立地表示 虱原子或炫基,該燒基是以甲基、乙基等碳原子數!至4 的烷基為佳。 另外,B1及β2為同種類的二價基時,因容易製造而 佳。 。就β1及β2而言,從製造聚合性化合物⑴的容易度之 觀點來看,是以式⑴_的Β1及Β2為-C(♦、-(:(♦〇_、 -O-C(O)-、_〇—c(=〇)_〇_、—〇_、_s_或單鍵為佳。 320352 27 200909413 § B1及B2為上述結合基時’因能提高液晶性,容易 形成分子配向而佳。 XI及X2分別獨立地表示以式(2)表示的二價基。 ^ _ --A3- B3 — —^ (2) ή 式(2)中’ A3表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價 雜%基。就該二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基而言,具體上可 以A1及A2所例示的二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基為例,就 製造的容易度而言,是以1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、3_ 甲基-1,4-伸苯基、3-曱氧基-1,4-伸苯基、苯環的碳原子 經取代成1至3個氮原子的二價基為佳,尤其以丨,4_伸苯 基、1,4-伸環己基、3-曱基-1,4-伸苯基、3-甲氧基-:ι,4_ 伸苯基為佳。 ’ 上述-C(=0)-C6H4_、二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基,也可 結合碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳原子數丨至4的烷氧基、 氟甲基、二氟曱基氧基、腈基、罐基或_素原子。 另外,當XI及X2為相同種類的二價基時,因可容易 製造而佳。 士 B3表示與及B2相同之意,其中就製造的容易度而 S ’以-COO)-、-C㈣)-0_、—0_c(=0)一、、 、-s~或單鍵為佳。 η、表示1至4的整數。當n為2以上時,由A3&B2 所構成的結構單位也可以相互不同。 320352 28 200909413 就使所得的聚合性化合物在模鑄(casting)時容易處 理之觀點而言’ n是以1或2為佳,尤其在為1時,因可 容易製造而佳。 E1及E2分別獨立地表示碳原子數2至25之伸烷基, 並以碳原子數4至12之伸烷基為佳。 E1及E2的氫原子雖然也可經烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲 基、二氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基、鹵素原子取代,但以未 取代者為佳。 E1及E2為相同種類的伸烷基時,因可容易製造而佳。 P1及P2分別獨立地表示氫原子或聚合性基。 此處,所謂聚合性基,是指可使本實施形態的聚合性 化合物聚合的取代基,具體上可舉例如乙烯基、對〜二笨乙 烯(p-stilbene)基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、羧基、甲 基羰基、羥基、醯胺基、碳原子數1至4的烷基胺基、胺 基、環氧基、氧環丁基(oxetanyl)、醛基、異氰酸酯基、 ( 硫基異氰酸酯基等。 同時,為了可使上述例示的基與E1及E2連結,也可 使聚合性基中含有B1及B2所示的基。 其中,除了可使光聚合時的處理容易,也為了容易梦 造’而以丙稀醯基、曱基丙烯醯基為佳,尤其以丙締酿爲 更佳。 ^ P1及P2的至少一者為聚合性基,並以P1及P2均為 聚合性基時,由於有使所得光學膜的臈硬度奩異之傾向而 佳。 320352 29 200909413 聚合性化合物(1)之具體例,可舉例如式(丨_幻、(1_B) 及(j—C)等。其中,並以式中的nl為2、n2為2至8、R,, 為氫原子的化合物因容隸造,且可抑觸得光學膜的波 長分散性而佳。(wherein EWG represents an electron attracting group such as --, -CN_, -CF3_). Further, the partial hydrogen atom contained in the above-exemplified structure as D1 and D2 may be a group having a carbon number of about 1 to 4 Å through a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group or a third butyl group; An alkoxy group having an oxygen group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of about 1 to 4; a fluorine atom, a gas atom, and a halogen atom; B1 and B2 respectively represent -CRR, ... - Csc_,, «-, one-to-one, -s-, _c(=0)1, _c(=〇)_〇_, one 〇_c (Lu, - 〇-C(=0)_〇_, _c(=s)_, -c(=s)_〇_,, -〇-c(=s)_o-, -CH=N~N, _c( =〇)_NR...(4)(4)_, -0CH2-, -NR-, -CH2〇-, -SCH2_, Confucian_, Pu ah (=〇)_〇_, -〇-C(=G)-aH:H- or Here, R & R, the subunit clearly represents a ruthenium atom or a thio group, and the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of from a methyl group or an ethyl group of from 4 to 4. Further, B1 and β2 are In the case of the same type of divalent group, it is preferable to be easy to manufacture. From the viewpoint of easiness of producing the polymerizable compound (1), β1 and Β2 of the formula (1)_ are -C (♦). , -(:(♦〇_, -OC(O)-, _〇-c(=〇)_〇_, -〇_, _s_ or single bond is preferred. 320352 27 200909413 § B1 and B2 are the above combinations The base time 'is improved in liquid crystallinity, and it is easy to form molecular alignment. XI and X2 each independently represent a divalent group represented by the formula (2). ^ _ --A3- B3 — —^ (2) ή 2) Medium 'A3 represents -C(=0)-C6H4-, divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or divalent impurity In the case of the divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or the divalent heterocyclic group, specifically, the divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or the divalent heterocyclic group exemplified by A1 and A2 can be exemplified, and in terms of ease of manufacture, Is a 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 3-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 3-decyloxy-1,4-phenylene, benzene ring carbon atom It is preferably substituted with a divalent group of 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, especially fluorene, 4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 3-mercapto-1,4-phenylene, 3-methoxy The base-:ι,4_ is preferably a phenylene group. The above -C(=0)-C6H4_, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group may also be bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group, a fluoromethyl group, a difluorodecyloxy group, a nitrile group, a canister or a sulfonium atom of from 丨 to 4. Further, when XI and X2 are the same type of divalent group, they are easily produced.士. B3 means the same meaning as B2, in which the ease of manufacture and S 'by -COO)-, -C(four))-0_, -0_c(=0), , , -s~ or single bond Preferably, η represents an integer of 1 to 4. When n is 2 or more, structural units composed of A3 & B2 may be different from each other. 52 28 200909413 The viewpoint that the obtained polymerizable compound is easy to handle at the time of casting is preferably 1 or 2, especially when it is 1, it is easy to manufacture. E1 and E2 are respectively The alkyl group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms is independently represented, and the alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. Although the hydrogen atom of E1 and E2 may be substituted by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a halogen atom, it is preferably an unsubstituted one. When E1 and E2 are the same type of alkylene group, they are easy to manufacture. P1 and P2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group. Here, the term "polymerizable group" means a substituent capable of polymerizing the polymerizable compound of the present embodiment, and specific examples thereof include a vinyl group, a p-stilbene group, an acryl group, and a methyl group. Acrylsulfonyl, carboxyl, methylcarbonyl, hydroxy, decylamino, alkylamino having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, amine group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, aldehyde group, isocyanate group, In addition, in order to allow the above-exemplified groups to be bonded to E1 and E2, the polymerizable group may contain a group represented by B1 and B2, and in addition, it is easy to handle the photopolymerization. In order to make it easy to make ', it is preferred to use acrylonitrile or fluorenyl fluorenyl, especially for propylene. ^ At least one of P1 and P2 is a polymerizable group, and both P1 and P2 are polymerized. In the case of a base, the enthalpy hardness of the obtained optical film tends to be different. 320352 29 200909413 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound (1) include, for example, 式_幻, (1_B) and (j-C). And etc., wherein, in the formula, nl is 2, n2 is 2 to 8, R, is a compound of a hydrogen atom It is made by Rong Li, and it can suppress the wavelength dispersion of the optical film.

(式(1 A)至(i__c)中,nl分別獨立地表示1至3之整數, 以分別獨立地表示2至14之整數;R”分別獨立地表示氣 原子或甲基)。 適當的聚合性化合物(〇之具體例,有以下述式(1_2) (1 3 )表示的聚合性化合物。 320352 30 200909413(In the formulae (1 A) to (i__c), nl each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3 to independently represent an integer of 2 to 14, respectively; R" independently represents a gas atom or a methyl group). Specific examples of the compound (a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (1-2) (1 3 )) 320352 30 200909413

'聚合性化合物(1)的製造方法,可舉例如使用具有Cl、 D1及D2的結構且Cl為羰基的羰基化合物,使該羰基化合 物與含有 A1(A2)、B1(B2)、X1(X2)、E1(E2)及 P1(P2)的化 合物作用並縮合後而得之方法等。含有A1(A2)、B1(B2)、 X1(X2)、E1(E2)及P1(P2)的化合物,係可藉由使含有 A1(=A2)、B1(=B2)、X1(=X2)、E1(=E2)、Ρ1〇Ρ2)的各結構 單位之化合物以縮合反應、酯化反應、威廉森(Williamson) 反應、伍耳曼(Ullmann)反應、苄基化反應、菌頭 (sonogashira)反應、铃木-宮浦反應、根岸反應、熊田反 應、檜山反應、布赫巴耳德-哈特威(Buchwald-Hartwig) 反應、Wittig 反應、Friedel-Crafts 反應、Heck 反應、 31 320352 200909413 醛醇(aldol)反應等進行結合而製得。 本發明的光學膜之一實施形態,是含有來自聚合性化 合物(1)的結構單位之光學膜。在本實施形態的光學膜中, 也可使用數個不同的聚合性化合物(1)作為聚合性化合物 (1)。 本實施形態的光學膜可為僅含有來自聚合性化合物(1) 的結構單位之光學膜,也可復含有來自不同於聚合性化合 物(1)且顯示液晶性之聚合性化合物(以下亦稱「液晶化合 物」)的結構單位。當含有來自液晶化合物的結構單位時, 因使配向性增加,進而有增加相位差值之傾向而佳。 此時,如欲使聚合性化合物(1)與液晶化合物共聚合, 則聚合性化合物(1)中所含的P1及/或P2的聚合性基與液 晶化合物的聚合性基係可相互反應的聚合性基,尤其是在 相互為丙烯醯基時,因容易使其光聚合而佳。 另外,可藉由改變光學膜中所含的來自聚合性化合物 (1)的結構單位之含有量與來自液晶化合物的結構單位之 含有量,而控制所得光學膜的折射率之波長依賴性(波長分 散)。 液晶化合物的具體例,可舉例如液晶便覽(液晶便覽編 集委員會編丸善(股)平成12年10月30日發行)的第3章 分子結構與液晶性之3. 2非手性(nonchira 1)棒狀液晶分 子、3. 3手性(chiral)棒狀液晶分子中所記載的化合物之 中且具有聚合性基的化合物。 就液晶化合物而言,也可併用數個不同的液晶化合物。 32 320352 200909413 上述液晶化合物可舉例如以下述式(i)、式(π)、式(m) 或式Ον)表示的化合物等。 P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) P110-B110-E110- (A110-B120) S-E120-B130-P120 (II) ΡΠ0-Β110-Ε110- (B120-A110) S-F110 (III) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 (IV) 尚且,在上述式(I)、式(II)、式(瓜)或式(IV)中,A110 分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基、二價雜環基、亞曱基伸苯 基、氧伸苯基或硫伸苯基。在A110上,也可結合碳原子數 1至5的烷基、碳原子數1至5的烷氧基、或鹵素原子。 B110、B120、B130及B140分別表示獨立的 -CRi Ri ’ -、-C = C-、-CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、-〇-、-S-、 -C(=0)-、-C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-、-〇-C(=〇)-〇_、_c(=s)_、 -C(=S)-〇-、 -〇-C(=S)-、 -0-C(=S)-〇-、 -CH=N-、 -N=CH-、 -N=N_、-N(4〇)=N-、-N=N(—〇)-、-COCOn,-、 -NRi -C(=0)-^-OCH2-'-NR^ - '-CH2O---SCH2->-CH2S-' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-、-〇—C(=0)-CH=CH-或單鍵(尚且,Ri,及 Ri 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數1至4之燒美)。 E110及E120分別獨立地表示碳原子數2至25之伸烷 基。並且,E110及E120也可結合碳原子數丨至5之烷基、 碳原子數1至5之烷氧基或鹵素原子。 二氟甲基或氟 P110及P120分別獨立地表示聚合性基 F110表示氫原子、烷基、腈基、硝基、 原子等鹵素原子。 320352 33 200909413 s分別獨立地表示1至5之整數’並以1至3為佳。 當s為2至5時,由A110及B120所構成的結構單位可以 互為相同,也可互不相同。 液晶化合物可舉例如以下的式(1_1)至(1 — 15)表示的 化合物、 -(CH2V~〇. H2〇5S〇H—^00—(ΟΗ^4·~〇' H2〇=CH^-COO^(CH2)e"0 HjOCH-COOKCH^-aCDO^The method for producing the polymerizable compound (1) may, for example, be a carbonyl compound having a structure of Cl, D1 and D2 and a carbonyl group, and the carbonyl compound may contain A1 (A2), B1 (B2), X1 (X2). a method in which a compound of E1 (E2) and P1 (P2) acts and is condensed, and the like. A compound containing A1 (A2), B1 (B2), X1 (X2), E1 (E2), and P1 (P2) can be made to contain A1 (=A2), B1 (=B2), and X1 (=X2). ), E1 (=E2), Ρ1〇Ρ2) compounds of various structural units are condensation reaction, esterification reaction, Williamson reaction, Ullmann reaction, benzylation reaction, fungus head (sonogashira) Reaction, Suzuki-Miyaura reaction, root-bank reaction, Kudama reaction, Lushan reaction, Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, Wittig reaction, Friedel-Crafts reaction, Heck reaction, 31 320352 200909413 Aldol ( Aldol) is prepared by combining a reaction or the like. An embodiment of the optical film of the present invention is an optical film containing a structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1). In the optical film of the present embodiment, a plurality of different polymerizable compounds (1) may be used as the polymerizable compound (1). The optical film of the present embodiment may be an optical film containing only a structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1), or may contain a polymerizable compound having a liquid crystal property different from the polymerizable compound (1) (hereinafter also referred to as " The structural unit of the liquid crystal compound "). When a structural unit derived from a liquid crystal compound is contained, it tends to increase the alignment factor and further increase the phase difference. In this case, when the polymerizable compound (1) is copolymerized with the liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable group of P1 and/or P2 contained in the polymerizable compound (1) and the polymerizable group of the liquid crystal compound can react with each other. The polymerizable group is particularly preferred because it is easily photopolymerized when it is an acrylonitrile group. Further, the wavelength dependence of the refractive index of the obtained optical film can be controlled by changing the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) contained in the optical film and the content of the structural unit derived from the liquid crystal compound (wavelength) dispersion). Specific examples of the liquid crystal compound include, for example, a liquid crystal handbook (Limited by the Liquid Crystal Handbook Compilation Committee, Maruzen (issued), issued on October 30, 2009). Chapter 3 Molecular Structure and Liquid Crystallinity 3. 2 Non-chiral (nonchira 1) A compound having a polymerizable group among the compounds described in the rod-like liquid crystal molecules and the chiral rod-like liquid crystal molecules. In the case of a liquid crystal compound, several different liquid crystal compounds may be used in combination. 32 320352 200909413 The liquid crystal compound may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formula (i), formula (π), formula (m) or formula Ον). P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) P110-B110-E110- (A110-B120) S-E120-B130-P120 (II) ΡΠ0-Β110-Ε110- (B120-A110) S-F110 (III) P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 (IV) Further, in the above formula (I), formula (II), formula (melon) or In (IV), A110 each independently represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a fluorenylene group, an oxyphenylene group or a sulfur-extended phenyl group. In A110, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom may be bonded. B110, B120, B130, and B140 represent independent -CRi Ri ' -, -C = C-, -CH=CH-, -CH2-CH2-, -〇-, -S-, -C(=0)-, respectively. , -C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-, -〇-C(=〇)-〇_, _c(=s)_, -C(=S)-〇-, -〇-C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-〇-, -CH=N-, -N=CH-, -N=N_, -N(4〇)=N-,- N=N(—〇)-, -COCOn,-, -NRi -C(=0)-^-OCH2-'-NR^ - '-CH2O---SCH2->-CH2S-' -CH=CH -C(=0)-0-, -〇-C(=0)-CH=CH- or a single bond (still, Ri, and Ri each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a burnt number of 1 to 4 carbon atoms) . E110 and E120 each independently represent an alkylene group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms. Further, E110 and E120 may also bond an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 5, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. The difluoromethyl group or the fluorines P110 and P120 each independently represent a polymerizable group. F110 represents a halogen atom such as a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or an atom. 320352 33 200909413 s respectively represent an integer '1 to 5' and preferably 1 to 3. When s is 2 to 5, the structural units composed of A110 and B120 may be the same or different from each other. The liquid crystal compound may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formulas (1_1) to (1-15), -(CH2V~〇.H2〇5S〇H-^00-(ΟΗ^4·~〇' H2〇=CH^- COO^(CH2)e"0 HjOCH-COOKCH^-aCDO^

;〇-<CH2)s-OCO-CH-CH2 -(1-3) ^0^)2^-000-^===(¾ (卜 f) COO^CH2)4-〇C0-CH-CH2 (1-5) 000-^^-0-(^2^--000 CH==CH2 (1-1) -0C0-CH=CH2 (卜 25 (1-65 H2£>=PH—CQO-(QH2)4~^( CH2)*— 0C0 -CH=CH2;〇-<CH2)s-OCO-CH-CH2 -(1-3) ^0^)2^-000-^===(3⁄4 (bu f) COO^CH2)4-〇C0-CH- CH2 (1-5) 000-^^-0-(^2^--000 CH==CH2 (1-1) -0C0-CH=CH2 (Bu 25 (1-65 H2£>=PH-CQO -(QH2)4~^( CH2)*— 0C0 -CH=CH2

©Q-iCH^e-O. H2p=CH—COO-(CH2)4· H2〇=CH—C0Q-(CH^ri H2p=CH-.COO^CH^4~-〇.©Q-iCH^e-O. H2p=CH—COO-(CH2)4· H2〇=CH—C0Q-(CH^ri H2p=CH-.COO^CH^4~-〇.

h^h^oo^ch.hs-O-cod (1-7) -(Cti2)4-PC〇; -ch=ch2 (1-8) :CH2>e-〇C〇^H-CH2 ㈣) HCH^e-ocO (1-10) (1-11) ~^^^-0-<CH2)6-〇CX>-CH=pH2 34 320352 200909413 H2C=CH—Ό.~(Cfl2)6:~〇~ H2C—OH—Ο—(^82)4;~Q-h^h^oo^ch.hs-O-cod (1-7) -(Cti2)4-PC〇; -ch=ch2 (1-8) :CH2>e-〇C〇^H-CH2 (4)) HCH^e-ocO (1-10) (1-11) ~^^^-0-<CH2)6-〇CX>-CH=pH2 34 320352 200909413 H2C=CH—Ό.~(Cfl2)6: ~〇~ H2C—OH—Ο—(^82)4;~Q-

BrBr

^—^一Ο-t(GH2)4-^〇'r^CH=CH2 QA/fe (Η3〉 ^-~Ο-(QH^g·-〇—CH=CH2^—^一Ο-t(GH2)4-^〇'r^CH=CH2 QA/fe (Η3> ^-~Ο-(QH^g·-〇—CH=CH2

OMe (1-14) 0 (1-15) 或例如以式(皿-1)至(nr-6)表示的化合物 (CH2)e-CH3 H2<>CH-COO-(CH2)8—Ο H2G=CH-COO-(CH2)4-(OMe (1-14) 0 (1-15) or a compound (CH2)e-CH3 H2 <>>CH-COO-(CH2)8-Ο represented by the formula (Dish-1) to (nr-6) H2G=CH-COO-(CH2)4-(

(III- 1) απ-2)(III-1) απ-2)

或例如以式(IV-1)至(IV-6)表示的化合物等,因容易獲得 而佳。 . 35 320352 200909413 (IV,1) (IV-2) (IV-3) H2C=CH-Cbp-(CH2)5-0C00-^^~C00-^J)—och3 H20=CH*CQ0-(CH2)「0-^)~~^^-C00-(CH2)7-CH3 H2〇=CH—COO-(CH2)4~〇—~OCQ~^°^~OCflHi7Or a compound represented by the formula (IV-1) to (IV-6), etc., is preferable because it is easy to obtain. 35 320352 200909413 (IV,1) (IV-2) (IV-3) H2C=CH-Cbp-(CH2)5-0C00-^^~C00-^J)—och3 H20=CH*CQ0-(CH2 )0-^)~~^^-C00-(CH2)7-CH3 H2〇=CH—COO-(CH2)4~〇—~OCQ~^°^~OCflHi7

(IV- 4.) (IV-6) 本實施形態的光學膜之波長分散特性,可依光學膜中 來自聚合性化合物(1 )的結構單位之含有量而任意決定。在 不使用聚合性化合物(1)而僅使用液晶化合物時,所得的光 學膜係成為顯示正的波長分散之薄膜。而且,可藉由增加 光學膜中的結構單位中來自聚合性化合物(1)的結構單位 之含有量,而使波長分散由正的波長分散朝逆方向任意移 動。 具體上,關於含有液晶化合物與聚合性化合物(1)的組 成物,只要調製來自聚合性化合物(1)之結構單位之含有量 為不同的組成物大約2至5種後,使各別組成物以後述的 方式製得相同厚度之光學膜,並求得所得光學膜之相位差 值,由該結果求得來自聚合性化合物(1)之結構單位之含有 量與光學膜之相位差值的相關性,再由所得之相關關係來 決定為了給予上述膜厚中之光學膜所要求的相位差值時, 36 320352 200909413 所而要的來自聚合性化合物⑴的結構單位之含有量即可。 人關於1造光學膜的方法之一例,可針對本實施形態的 3有之源自聚合性化合物⑴的結構單位及液晶化合物之 光學膜,說明如下。 ''人在t合性化合物(1 )、液晶化合物及有機溶劑 ,1必要性而加入聚合起始劑、聚合禁止劑、光增感 曰1 乂耳^、整平劑等添加劑後,調製成混合溶液。尤其 ^成膜時不含有機溶劑者係因可使成膜容易 而佳,而聚 σ ε〜1係目具有可朗得的光學膜硬化的作用而佳。 混合溶液中的聚合性化合物⑴及液 晶化合物之重量 ιηΓ t相對於聚合性化合物⑴及液晶化合物之合計量為 重里,蚪,聚合性化合物(1)為1至50重量份,或3 以重里伤’並以1至30重量份為佳。當其為1重量份 1 =因胃使由正的波長分散明顯朝逆方向移動而佳,當 dO f 1份以下時’因可調製成價廉的光學膜而佳。 L聚合起始劑] 物式t衣本實施形態的光學膜時,通常為了使液晶化合 的^與/化°物(1)聚合而使用聚合起始劑。本實施形態 性化Ι&Γ理想實施形態,可舉例如使液晶化合物或聚合 始劑為佳。DM合的方法’此’聚合起始劑以光聚合起 走* 合起始劑 類、苄基縮酮類、 鹽等,更為具體而 可舉例如安息香(benzoin)類、二苯基酮 α~^基酮類、胺基酮類、錤鹽、毓 。’可舉例如 Irgacure 907、Irgacure 320352 37 200909413 819、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 250 及 Irgacure 369(以上,全部為汽巴精化(Ciba Specialties chemicals) 公司製)、SeikuolBZ、SeikuolZ、SeikuolBEE(以上,全部 為精工化學公司製)、Kayacure BP100(曰本化藥公司製)、(IV-4) (IV-6) The wavelength dispersion characteristics of the optical film of the present embodiment can be arbitrarily determined depending on the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) in the optical film. When only the liquid crystal compound is used without using the polymerizable compound (1), the obtained optical film is a film which exhibits a positive wavelength dispersion. Further, by increasing the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) in the structural unit in the optical film, the wavelength dispersion can be arbitrarily moved in the reverse direction by the positive wavelength dispersion. Specifically, the composition containing the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1) is prepared by preparing about 2 to 5 kinds of compositions having different amounts of structural units derived from the polymerizable compound (1), and then forming the respective compositions. An optical film of the same thickness was obtained in the manner described later, and the phase difference of the obtained optical film was determined. From the results, the correlation between the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) and the phase difference of the optical film was determined. Further, the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) required for 36 320352 200909413 may be determined by the correlation relationship obtained in order to obtain the phase difference required for the optical film in the film thickness. An example of the method for producing an optical film of the present invention is as follows. The structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) and the optical film of the liquid crystal compound of the present embodiment can be described as follows. ''In the case of a human compound (1), a liquid crystal compound, and an organic solvent, 1 is added to a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a photo-sensitizing 曰1 乂 ear^, a leveling agent, and the like, and then prepared into mixture. In particular, it is preferable that the organic solvent is not contained in the film formation because the film formation is easy, and the poly σ ε 〜1 system has a function of hardening the optical film. The total amount of the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal compound in the mixed solution is equal to the total amount of the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal compound, and the polymerizable compound (1) is 1 to 50 parts by weight, or 3 is severely damaged. 'It is preferably from 1 to 30 parts by weight. When it is 1 part by weight, 1 = it is preferable that the positive wavelength is dispersed in the reverse direction by the stomach, and when the dO f is less than 1 part, it is preferable because it can be made into an inexpensive optical film. L polymerization initiator] In the case of the optical film of the present embodiment, a polymerization initiator is usually used in order to polymerize the liquid crystal compound and the chemical substance (1). In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal compound or a polymerization initiator is preferably used. The method of combining DM 'this' polymerization initiator is carried out by photopolymerization*, a starter, a benzyl ketal, a salt, etc., and more specifically, for example, a benzoin or a diphenyl ketone ~ ketones, amino ketones, sulfonium salts, strontium. 'For example, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 320352 37 200909413 819, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 250, and Irgacure 369 (all of which are manufactured by Ciba Specialties Chemical Co., Ltd.), Seikuol BZ, Seikuol Z, and Seikuol BEE (above, All are manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.), Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.),

Kayacure UVI-6992(Dow 公司製)、Adekaoptomer-SP-152、 Adekaoptomer-SP-170(以上,全部為旭電化製)等。 另外,聚合起始劑的使用量,在相對於液晶化合物與 聚合性化合物(1)的合計為100重量份時,通常為〇. 1重量 份至30重量份,並以0.5重量份至10重量份為佳。只要 在上述範圍内,液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而可使 聚合性化合物(1)聚合。 [聚合禁止劑] 在調製本實施形態的光學膜時,也可使用聚合禁止 劑。聚合禁止劑可舉例如氫醌、具有燒基醚等取代基的氫 醌類、丁基鄰苯二酚等具有烷基醚等取代基的鄰苯二酚 類、五倍子紛(pyrogal 1〇1)類、2, 2, 6, 6-四甲基-Ι-a辰咬基 氧基自由基等自由基補足劑、硫紛類、/3 -萘基胺類及 萘酚類等。 藉由使用聚合禁止劑,即可控制液晶化合物或聚合性 化合物(1)的聚合,而可提高所得光學膜的安定性。另外, 聚合禁止劑的使用量,在相對於液晶化合物與聚合性化合 物(1)的合計為100重量份時,通常為0. 1重量份至3〇重 量份’並以0.5重量份至1〇重量份為佳。只要在上述範圍 内’液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而可使聚合性化合 38 320352 200909413 物(1)聚合。 [光增感劑] 在調製本實施形態的光學膜時,也可使用光增感劑。 光增感劑可舉例如咭嘴_ (xanthone)、硫咕嘲酮等咕嘲_ 類,恩、具有燒基醚等取代基的蒽類;吩嗟n井或紅螢烯 (Rubrene) ° 藉由使用光增感劑,即可使上述液晶化合物或聚合性 化合物〇)的聚合成為高感度。同時,光增感劑的使用量, 在相對於液晶化合物與聚合性化合物(1)的合計為100重 量份時’通常為〇. 1重量份至30重量份,並以〇. 5重量份 至10重里份為佳。只要在上述範圍内,液晶化合物的配向 性就不會變亂,而可使聚合性化合物聚合。 [整平劑] 並且’在調製本實施形態的.光學膜時,也可使用整平 劑。整平劑可舉例如放射線硬化塗料用添加劑(曰本BYK 、 Chemie 製:BYK-352、BYK-353、BYK-36謂)、塗料添加劑(東 麗•道康寧公司製:SH28PA、DC11PA、ST80PA)、及塗料添 加劑(信越矽利光公司製:KP321、KP323、X22-161A、KF6001) 等。 藉由使用整平劑,即可使光學膜具有平滑性。並且, 可在光學膜的製造過程中,控制含有聚合性化合物(1)的混 合溶液之流動性,或調整由使液晶化合物或聚合性化合物 (1)聚合而得的光學膜之交聯密度。同時,整平劑的使用量 的具體數值’在相對於液晶化合物與聚合性化合物(1)的合 39 320352 200909413 吕十為10 0售' 晷/八π 士 ^ 77 τ’通常為〇·1重量份至30重量份,並以 人从重夏h至1G重量份為佳。只要在上述範圍内,液晶化 口的配向性就不會變亂,而可使聚合性化合合。 [有機溶劑] 、、士 口周衣3有聚合性化合物⑴及液晶化合物等的混合溶 液日讀使用的有機溶劑,係可溶解聚合性化合物⑴及液晶 2 σ物的有機溶劑,具體上可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、 '、,丙—醇、曱基赛路蘇(methyl cellosolve)、丁基 賽路,¾等醇系溶劑;醋酸乙自旨、醋酸丁目旨、乙二醇甲基鍵 ϋ 酸酯、T - ~r rin • 7 丁内酉曰、丙二醇甲基醚醋酸酯等酯系溶劑;丙 嗣、甲基乙基酮、環戊闕、環己酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異 丁,網等_溶劑,n己烧、庚燒等脂肪族烴系溶劑; 甲苯一甲苯、氣苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;乙腈、丙二醇單 甲基is|目氫吱喃、二甲氧基乙烧、乳酸乙醋、氯仿等。 此等有機溶劑可單獨使用,也可將數種組合後使用。其中, 因本貫施形態的組成物之相溶性優異,也可溶解於醇、醚 系A劑、酮系溶劑、非氯系脂肪族烴系溶劑及非氣系芳香 族烴系溶劑等’故即使不使用氯仿等鹵化烴,也可溶解而 施予塗布。 含有聚合性化合物(1)及液晶化合物的混合溶液之黏 度,可調整至易於塗布施工的程度,通常是在1〇Pa · S以 下’並以大約〇. 1至7Pa · S時為佳。 另外,上述混合溶液中的固形份濃度通常為5至5〇重 量%。當固形份的濃度為5%以上時,即不會使光學膜變 320352 40 200909413 得太薄,對於液晶面板的光學補償有可供應必要的光學異 方性(optical anisotropy)之傾向。另外,當其在5〇%以 下牯,因上述混合溶液的黏度低,故有不易使光學膜的膜 厚產—生不笱稱—的~傾馬-而佳τ - 接著,將混合溶液塗布在支撐基材,使其乾燥、聚合 後’即可在支撐基材得到所要求的光學膜。 只要聚合性化合物(1)中所含的P1及/或P2以及液晶 化合物中所含的聚合性基為光聚合性,即可照射可見光、 紫外光、雷射光等光而使其硬化;只要該聚合性基是熱聚 合性’即可藉由加熱而使其聚合。 伙成膜之觀點來看,以光聚合者為佳,而以處理性之 觀點而言,則以經由紫外光聚合者尤佳。 溶劑的乾燥,在為光聚合時,為了使成膜性提高,則 以在光聚合前幾乎使溶劑乾燥而獲得未聚合膜者為佳。另 外’在為熱聚合時,通常雖然可同時進行乾燥與聚合,但 以在聚合前幾乎使溶劑乾燥而獲得未聚合膜之方法,因有 使成膜性優異之傾向而佳。 溶劑的乾燥方法,可舉例如自然乾燥、通風乾燥、減 壓乾無等方法。具體上的加熱温度是以1 〇至12〇°C為佳, 而以25至801:時更佳。同時,加熱時間是以1〇秒至60 分鐘為佳,而以30秒至30分鐘時更隹。加熱溫度及加熱 時間只要在上述範圍内’則也可使用耐熱性並不一定充分 的支撐基材作為上述支撐基材。 對支撐基材的塗布方法,可舉例如押出塗布法、直接 41 320352 200909413 凹版塗布法(direct graviacoating)、逆向凹版塗布法、 帽式塗布法(CAP coating)、模具式塗布法等。同時,可列 舉如使用例如浸塗機、棒狀塗布機(bar coater)、旋轉塗 布機筝塗布'機'進—衧—塗—布的方,法等7 ---- 上述支撐基材只要是可在該支撐基材上形成配向膜者 即可。可列舉例如玻璃、塑膠薄片、塑膠薄膜及透光性膜 等。尚且,上述透光性膜可舉例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、降冰 片烯聚合物等聚烯烴膜;聚乙烯醇膜、聚對苯二曱酸乙二 酯膜、聚曱基丙烯酸酯膜、聚丙烯酸酯膜、纖維素酯膜、 聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)膜、聚碳酸酯膜、聚颯膜、聚醚颯 膜、聚醚酮膜、聚伸苯基硫化物(p〇lyphenylenesulfide, PPS)膜、聚伸苯基氧化物膜等。 通常由液晶化合物及聚合性化合物(丨)而得的光學膜 係薄膜,例如在使用本實施形態之膜之貼合步驟、實施將 膜運送或保管等之步驟等需要膜的強度的步驟中,也可藉 由使用支撐基材,而可使其不會破損等並可容易處置。 本貫施形態的膜,最好是在支撐材料上形成配向膜 後,塗布混合溶液。配向膜必須達成:具有不會因塗布含 有聚合性化合物(1)之混合溶液而溶解的财溶劑性、因溶劑 的去除或液晶配向的加熱處理而具有耐熱性、不會因搓擦 (rubbing)所致之磨擦等而產生剝離等;並且其為聚合物或 含有聚合物的組成物。 上述聚合物可舉例如:分子内具有醯胺鍵的聚醯胺或 明膠類、分子内具有醯亞胺鍵的聚醯亞胺及其水解物的聚 320352 42 200909413 酿胺酸(polyamic arirn ^ aCld)、聚乙烯醇、烷基改質聚乙烯醇、 聚丙烯醯胺、聚Π萼唑、平7 __ μ ^ * & ’坪 來乙一胺、聚丙烯酸、聚丙烯酸酉匕 類專聚合物。此等聚合物可單獨使用,也可混合二種以^ 後使用:或形成共聚合物後使用。此—等_聚合物可藉由 或脫胺等的聚縮合、或自由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離 聚合等連騎合、配位聚合或騎聚合等而輕易獲得。 另外,此等配向膜材料可溶解於溶劑中後再予塗布。 雖然溶劑並無特別的限制,但具體上可舉例如水、;醇、 乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、甲基賽珞蘇、丁基 蘇等醇系溶劑;醋酸乙酿、醋酸丁醋、乙二醇甲基醚醋酸 酯、r-丁内醋、丙二醇甲基醚醋酸醋等醋系溶齊!;丙綱、 曱基乙基嗣、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丁義 酮等酮系㈣;戊烧、己院、庚料脂肪族烴系溶劑;甲 苯、二甲苯、氣苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;乙腈、丙二醇單甲 基醚、四氳呋喃、二曱氧基乙烷、乳酸乙酯、氯仿等。此 等有機溶劑可單獨使用,也可將數種組合後使用。 配向膜也可直接使用市售的配向膜。至於市售的配向 膜,就已在感光性聚醯亞胺施予偏光uv處理者而言,有 SUNEVER(註冊商標,日產化學公司製)、〇.pTMER(註冊商標, JSR製)等,就改質聚乙烯醇而言,則有p〇VAL(註冊商禪, Kuraray 製)等。 只要使用此等配向膜,因不須藉由延伸來控制折射 率,故可使雙折射(birefringence)的面内分散變小。因 此,實現在支撐基材上可提供亦能對應於FPD之大型化的 43 320352 200909413 大型光學膜之效果。 關於在上述支撐基材上形成配向膜的方法,可舉例如 將配向膜的材料塗布在上述支撐基材上之後,藉由退火 (anneal)而在上述支撐基材上形成配向膜。 由此而彳牙的配向膜之厚度,通常為10nm至10, OOOnm, 並以lOOnm至l,〇〇0nm為佳。只要在上述範圍内,即可於 後述的光學異方性層形成步驟中,使聚合性化合物(1)及液 晶化合物等在該配向膜上配向成所要求的角度。Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Co., Ltd.), Adekaoptomer-SP-152, and Adekaoptomer-SP-170 (all of which are manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.). In addition, when the amount of the polymerization initiator is 100 parts by weight based on the total of the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1), it is usually from 0.1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, and from 0.5 part by weight to 10 parts by weight. It is better. As long as it is within the above range, the alignment property of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed, and the polymerizable compound (1) can be polymerized. [Polymerization inhibiting agent] When preparing the optical film of the present embodiment, a polymerization inhibiting agent can also be used. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinones such as hydroquinone, hydroquinones having a substituent such as alkyl ether, and catechols having a substituent such as an alkyl ether such as butyl catechol, and pyrodal 1〇1. Free radical scavengers such as 2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-hydrazine-a-cyloxy radical, sulfur, /3 -naphthylamine and naphthol. By using a polymerization inhibiting agent, the polymerization of the liquid crystal compound or the polymerizable compound (1) can be controlled, and the stability of the obtained optical film can be improved. In addition, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor is usually from 0.1 part by weight to 3 parts by weight 'and from 0.5 part by weight to 1 part by weight based on 100 parts by weight based on the total of the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1). The parts by weight are preferred. As long as the alignment property of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed within the above range, the polymerizable compound 38 1 320352 200909413 (1) can be polymerized. [Photosensitizer] When the optical film of the present embodiment is prepared, a photosensitizer can also be used. The photosensitizer may, for example, be x _ (xanthone), thiopurine or the like, or a hydrazine having a substituent such as an alkyl ether; a porphyrin n well or a ruthenium (Rubrene) ° The polymerization of the liquid crystal compound or the polymerizable compound 〇) can be made highly sensitive by using a photosensitizer. The amount of the photosensitive sensitizer is usually from 0.1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight, based on the total of the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1), and is 0.5 parts by weight to 10 weights are better. As long as it is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed, and the polymerizable compound can be polymerized. [Leveling Agent] Further, when the optical film of the present embodiment is prepared, a leveling agent can also be used. The leveling agent may, for example, be an additive for a radiation hardening coating (by BYK, manufactured by Chemie: BYK-352, BYK-353, BYK-36), a coating additive (manufactured by Toray Dow Corning: SH28PA, DC11PA, ST80PA), And coating additives (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Lee Co., Ltd.: KP321, KP323, X22-161A, KF6001). The optical film can be made smooth by using a leveling agent. Further, in the production process of the optical film, the fluidity of the mixed solution containing the polymerizable compound (1) or the crosslinking density of the optical film obtained by polymerizing the liquid crystal compound or the polymerizable compound (1) can be controlled. At the same time, the specific value of the amount of the leveling agent used is 'in comparison with the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1). 39 320352 200909413 Lu 10 is 10 sold ' 晷 / 8 π 士 ^ 77 τ ' is usually 〇 · 1 The parts by weight are preferably 30 parts by weight, and more preferably the weight of the person is from h summer to 1 g. As long as it is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal openings is not disturbed, and the polymerizable properties can be combined. [Organic solvent], the organic solvent of the mixed solution of the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal compound, and the organic solvent which can dissolve the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal 2 σ substance, specifically, for example, Such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, ',, propanol, methyl cellosolve, butyl race, 3⁄4 and other alcohol solvents; acetic acid B, acetate acetate, ethylene glycol Ester ester solvents such as phthalic acid esters, T - ~r rin • 7 butane phthalate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate; acetamidine, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanyl, cyclohexanone, methyl amyl Ketone, methyl isobutyl, network, etc., solvent, n-hexane, heptane and other aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents; toluene-toluene, benzene and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; acetonitrile, propylene glycol monomethyl is| , dimethoxyethane, lactic acid, chloroform, and the like. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of several kinds. Among them, the composition of the present embodiment is excellent in compatibility, and can be dissolved in an alcohol, an ether A agent, a ketone solvent, a non-chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, and a non-gas aromatic hydrocarbon solvent. Even if a halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform is not used, it can be dissolved and applied. The viscosity of the mixed solution containing the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal compound can be adjusted to such an extent that it is easy to apply, and is usually at least 1 ÅPa · S and preferably from about 0.1 to 7 Pa · S. Further, the solid content concentration in the above mixed solution is usually from 5 to 5 % by weight. When the concentration of the solid portion is 5% or more, the optical film is not made too thin, and the optical compensation for the liquid crystal panel tends to provide the necessary optical anisotropy. In addition, when it is less than 5% by mole, since the viscosity of the above mixed solution is low, there is a problem that it is difficult to make the film thickness of the optical film - the τ - - 佳 τ - Next, the mixed solution is coated After the substrate is supported, dried and polymerized, the desired optical film can be obtained on the support substrate. When P1 and/or P2 contained in the polymerizable compound (1) and the polymerizable group contained in the liquid crystal compound are photopolymerizable, light such as visible light, ultraviolet light, or laser light can be irradiated and cured; The polymerizable group is thermally polymerizable', and it can be polymerized by heating. From the viewpoint of film formation, photopolymerizers are preferred, and from the viewpoint of handling properties, those which are polymerized by ultraviolet light are particularly preferred. When the solvent is dried, in order to improve the film formability in the case of photopolymerization, it is preferred to dry the solvent almost before the photopolymerization to obtain an unpolymerized film. Further, in the case of thermal polymerization, drying and polymerization are usually carried out at the same time. However, a method of obtaining an unpolymerized film by almost drying the solvent before the polymerization is preferred because it has excellent film formability. The method of drying the solvent may, for example, be natural drying, ventilating drying, or reduced pressure. The specific heating temperature is preferably from 1 Torr to 12 〇 ° C, and more preferably from 25 to 801 °. At the same time, the heating time is preferably from 1 second to 60 minutes, and from 30 seconds to 30 minutes. When the heating temperature and the heating time are within the above range, a supporting substrate which is not necessarily sufficiently heat resistant may be used as the supporting substrate. The coating method of the support substrate may, for example, be an extrusion coating method, direct 41 320352 200909413 direct gravia coating, reverse gravure coating method, cap coating method (CAP coating), die coating method, or the like. Meanwhile, for example, a method of using, for example, a dip coater, a bar coater, a spin coater, a "coating machine", a squeegee-coating method, a method, and the like can be cited. It is sufficient that an alignment film can be formed on the support substrate. Examples thereof include glass, plastic sheets, plastic films, and translucent films. Further, the light transmissive film may, for example, be a polyolefin film such as polyethylene, polypropylene or a norbornene polymer; a polyvinyl alcohol film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polydecyl acrylate film, or a poly Acrylate film, cellulose ester film, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film, polycarbonate film, polyfluorene film, polyether film, polyether ketone film, polyphenylene sulfide (p〇lyphenylenesulfide) , PPS) film, polyphenylene oxide film, and the like. In the optical film-based film which is usually obtained by the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound, for example, in the step of using the film bonding step of the embodiment, the step of transporting or storing the film, and the like, the strength of the film is required. It is also possible to use a supporting substrate so that it can be prevented from being damaged or the like and can be handled easily. In the film of the present embodiment, it is preferred to apply a mixed solution after forming an alignment film on the support material. The alignment film must have heat resistance which is not dissolved by application of the mixed solution containing the polymerizable compound (1), heat treatment by solvent removal or liquid crystal alignment, and is not rubbed. The resulting friction or the like causes peeling or the like; and it is a polymer or a composition containing a polymer. The above polymer may, for example, be a polyamine or a gelatin having a guanamine bond in the molecule, a polyimine having a quinone bond in the molecule, and a hydrolyzate thereof. Poly 320 352 42 200909413 Amino acid (polyamic arirn ^ aCld) ), polyvinyl alcohol, alkyl modified polyvinyl alcohol, polypropylene decylamine, polycarbazole, flat 7 __ μ ^ * & 'Pingyi E-amine, polyacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid bismuth polymer. These polymers may be used singly or in combination of two or after forming a copolymer. The polymer can be easily obtained by polycondensation such as deamination or radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization or the like, riding, coordination polymerization or riding polymerization. Further, these alignment film materials can be dissolved after being dissolved in a solvent. Although the solvent is not particularly limited, specific examples thereof include water, an alcohol solvent such as alcohol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, methyl ceramide, and butyl thioacetate; Vinegar, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, r-butane vinegar, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate vinegar and other vinegars are dissolved! Ketones such as propyl, decyl ethyl hydrazine, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc.; tetraburn, hexanyl, heptyl aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent; toluene, An aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as xylene or benzene; acetonitrile, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, ethyl lactate, chloroform, and the like. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of several kinds. A commercially available alignment film can also be used as it is for the alignment film. As for the commercially available aligning film, there are SUNEVER (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 〇.pTMER (registered trademark, JSR system), etc., for the application of the polarizing uv to the photosensitive polyimide. For the modified polyvinyl alcohol, there are p〇VAL (registered by Zen, Kuraray). As long as such an alignment film is used, since the refractive index is not controlled by stretching, the in-plane dispersion of birefringence can be made small. Therefore, it is possible to provide an effect of a large optical film of 43 320352 200909413 which can also correspond to the enlargement of the FPD on the support substrate. The method of forming an alignment film on the support substrate may be, for example, an application of an alignment film on the support substrate after the material of the alignment film is applied onto the support substrate. The thickness of the alignment film of the tooth decay is usually 10 nm to 10, OOO nm, and preferably 100 nm to 1, 〇〇0 nm. In the optical anisotropic layer forming step to be described later, the polymerizable compound (1), the liquid crystal compound, and the like are aligned on the alignment film to a desired angle.

另外’此類配向膜可配合必要性而進行搓擦或偏光UV 照射。藉此’即可使聚合性化合物(1)及液晶化合物等配向 至所要求的方向。 關於配向膜的搓擦(nibbing)方法,可使用例如將已纏 捲有搓擦布且正在旋轉的搓擦滾輪承載在枱(stage)上,並 使其接近正運送中的配向膜的方法。 [未聚合膜之調製步驟] 只要在支撐基材上形成配向膜,即可將含有聚合性化 合物(1)及液晶化合物的混合溶液塗布在配向膜上,使其乾 燥後,可得未聚合膜。當此未聚合膜顯現向列相(nematic phase)等液晶相時,可具有因單疇區(monodomain)配向所 致的雙折射性。由於未聚合膜是在大約〇至12〇。〇中配向 (並以25至8(TC的低溫為佳),故在作為配向膜時,可使 用並不一定充分具有如上述所例示的耐熱性之支撐基材, 配向之後即使再冷卻至大約30至10。〇,也不會結晶。 [未聚合膜之聚合步驟] 44 320352 200909413 未聚合膜之聚合步驟,是將上述調製未聚合膜步驟中 所得的未聚合膜聚合後,使其硬化。藉此,可使液晶化合 物及聚合性化合物(1)成為配向性固定的膜,亦即成為聚合 膜。因此,即可製造出膜的平面方向之折射率變化小,且 膜的法線方向之折射率變化大的聚合膜。 使未聚合膜聚合的方法,是配合液晶化合物及聚合性 化合物(1)的種類而決定。例如,可藉由光聚合或熱聚合而 使上述未聚合膜聚合。在本實施形態中,尤其以藉由光聚 合而使未聚合膜聚合者為佳。依照此方法,因可於低溫中 使未聚合膜聚合,而使支撐基材的耐熱性之選擇幅度更 廣。同時,也使工業化製造變得容易。 使未聚合膜光聚合的方法,可舉例如藉由照射紫外線 於未聚合膜而使未聚合膜聚合的方法等。 如此而得的光學膜,即不須使用液晶高分子而即可製 得。 在未聚合膜之聚合步驟中,聚合性化合物(1)及液晶化 合物可藉由光聚合而交聯。因此,可顯現出不易因熱所致 之雙折射之變化而受影響之效果。 另外,在所得的光學膜上也可不需使用界面活性劑等 表面處理劑。換言之,本實施形態的光學膜中使用的配向 膜,因支撐基材與配向膜之間的密著性及配向膜與光學膜 之間的密著性良好,而可容易地製得光學膜。 並且,本實施形態的光學膜在與為延伸膜且具有同等 之相位差值的膜比較時,通常係薄膜。 45 320352 200909413 本實施形態的光學膜的製造方法中,在繼上述步驟之 後,也可包含剝離支樓基材的步驟。經由製成如此之構成 而得的膜,是由配向膜及光學膜所構成之膜。另外,除了 剝離上述支撐基材的步驟之外,也可再包含剝離配向膜的 步驟。經由製成如此之構成而得的光學膜,是僅由光學異 方性層所構成之膜。 尚且,在適度地調整混合溶液的塗布液之量或塗布液 的濃度之後,即可調製成賦有所要求之相位差值的膜厚。 當混合溶液中的聚合性化合物(1)為一定時,因所得的光學 膜之相位差值(retadation value,Re(又))可如式(6)而決 定,故欲求得所期望之Re(又)時,只須調整膜厚d即可。In addition, such an alignment film can be rubbed or polarized with UV light for necessity. Thus, the polymerizable compound (1), the liquid crystal compound, and the like can be aligned to a desired direction. As for the nibbing method of the alignment film, for example, a method in which a rubbing roller that has been wound with a rubbing cloth and is rotating is carried on a stage and brought close to the alignment film being transported can be used. [Preparation Step of Unpolymerized Film] When an alignment film is formed on a support substrate, a mixed solution containing the polymerizable compound (1) and a liquid crystal compound can be applied onto an alignment film and dried to obtain an unpolymerized film. . When the unpolymerized film exhibits a liquid crystal phase such as a nematic phase, it may have birefringence due to monodomain alignment. Since the unpolymerized film is at about 〇 to 12 〇. In the crucible alignment (and preferably 25 to 8 (the low temperature of TC), when used as an alignment film, a support substrate having heat resistance as exemplified above may not be used sufficiently, and even after cooling to about 30 to 10. 〇, it does not crystallize. [Polymerization step of unpolymerized film] 44 320352 200909413 The polymerization step of the unpolymerized film is obtained by polymerizing the unpolymerized film obtained in the above step of preparing the unpolymerized film and then curing it. Thereby, the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1) can be made into an optically fixed film, that is, a polymer film. Therefore, the refractive index change in the plane direction of the film can be made small, and the normal direction of the film can be obtained. A polymer film having a large refractive index change. The method of polymerizing the unpolymerized film is determined by the type of the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound (1). For example, the unpolymerized film can be polymerized by photopolymerization or thermal polymerization. In the present embodiment, in particular, it is preferred to polymerize the unpolymerized film by photopolymerization. According to this method, the heat resistance of the support substrate can be selected because the unpolymerized film can be polymerized at a low temperature. In addition, it is also easy to industrially manufacture. The method of photopolymerizing an unpolymerized film is, for example, a method of polymerizing an unpolymerized film by irradiating ultraviolet rays onto an unpolymerized film, etc. The optical film thus obtained That is, the liquid crystal polymer can be obtained without using a liquid crystal polymer. In the polymerization step of the unpolymerized film, the polymerizable compound (1) and the liquid crystal compound can be crosslinked by photopolymerization. The effect of the change in birefringence is affected. Further, it is not necessary to use a surface treatment agent such as a surfactant on the obtained optical film. In other words, the alignment film used in the optical film of the present embodiment is supported by the substrate. The adhesion to the alignment film and the adhesion between the alignment film and the optical film are good, and the optical film can be easily obtained. The optical film of the present embodiment has the same phase as the stretched film. In the case of film comparison of the difference, it is usually a film. 45 320352 200909413 In the method for producing an optical film of the present embodiment, the step of peeling off the base material may be included after the above steps. The film obtained by the above-described configuration is a film composed of an alignment film and an optical film. Further, in addition to the step of peeling off the support substrate, a step of peeling off the alignment film may be further included. The optical film formed by the optical film is a film composed only of an optical anisotropic layer. Further, after appropriately adjusting the amount of the coating liquid of the mixed solution or the concentration of the coating liquid, it is possible to prepare the desired phase. When the polymerizable compound (1) in the mixed solution is constant, the retardation value (Re) of the obtained optical film can be determined by the formula (6), and therefore When the desired Re (re) is obtained, it is only necessary to adjust the film thickness d.

Re( λ )=dxAn( λ ) (6) (式中,Re (又)表示波長又nm時的相位差值,d表示膜厚, η ( λ )表示又nm時的折射率異方性)。 如此而得的光學膜,其透明性優異而可使用作為各種 顯示器用之薄膜。所形成層之厚度,係如上述為因所得之 膜的相位差值而有所差異者。在本實施形態中,上述厚度 宜為0. 1至10/zm,就使光彈性變小之觀點而言,則以0.5 至3 /z m時更佳。 如上述,在調製未聚合膜的步驟中,是在任意的支撐 基#上所積層的配向膜上積層未聚合膜(液晶層)。因此, 當與製作液晶槽(cel 1)並在該液晶槽中注入液晶化合物的 方法相比較時,可減少生產成本。並且,也可以生產滚輪 膜(roll film)之膜。 46 320352 200909413 在使用配向膜而具有雙折射性時’通常相位差值大約 為50至500nm,並以1〇〇至300nm時為佳。 藉由使用具有這種光學特性之膜,即可使所有的液晶 面板或有機EL等平面顯示器(FPD)以薄膜進行需要逆波長 分散的光學補償。 / 為了使用本實施形態的光學膜作為廣頰帶域的又/4板 或λ/2板,可藉由適當地選擇來自聚合性化合物(ι)之結 構單位的含有量,依照式(6),在為又/4板時σ,該相位: 值只要調整膜厚而使所得光學膜的]^(55〇)為至咖 即可,並以135至i40nm為佳,而以 佳,在為λ/2板時,只要調整膜厚以使所得光學膜的Re( λ )=dxAn( λ ) (6) (wherein Re represents the phase difference at a wavelength of nm, d represents the film thickness, and η ( λ ) represents the refractive index anisotropy at another nm) . The optical film thus obtained is excellent in transparency and can be used as a film for various displays. The thickness of the layer formed is as described above because of the difference in phase difference of the obtained film. In the present embodiment, the thickness is preferably from 0.1 to 10/zm, and more preferably from 0.5 to 3 /z m from the viewpoint of reducing photoelasticity. As described above, in the step of preparing the unpolymerized film, an unpolymerized film (liquid crystal layer) is laminated on the alignment film laminated on any of the support groups #. Therefore, when compared with the method of producing a liquid crystal cell (cel 1) and injecting a liquid crystal compound into the liquid crystal cell, the production cost can be reduced. Also, a film of a roll film can be produced. 46 320352 200909413 When the alignment film is used to have birefringence, the usual retardation value is about 50 to 500 nm, and preferably 1 to 300 nm. By using a film having such optical characteristics, all liquid crystal panels or flat displays (FPDs) such as organic ELs can be optically compensated for a reverse wavelength dispersion by a film. / In order to use the optical film of the present embodiment as the /4 plate or λ/2 plate of the wide cheek band, the content of the structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) can be appropriately selected according to the formula (6). σ, in the case of /4 plates, the phase: the value is as long as the film thickness is adjusted so that the obtained optical film can be used as a coffee, and preferably 135 to i40 nm, and preferably λ/2 plate, as long as the film thickness is adjusted so that the resulting optical film

Re(55〇)為250至300nm即可,並以273至277面為佳 以大約為275nm時尤佳。 在使用本實卿態的光學膜作為垂直配向(VA, :r:3liinTent)模式用光學膜時’可藉由適當地選擇 來自t合性化合物⑴之結構單位 ^擇 只要調整膜厚以使所得氺與尬 ”、、式(6), ιηη p 厅件先予膑的相位差值Re(550)為40至 離=可,並以大約為6〇至8〇麗時更佳。 至 本貫施形態的光蔡 散特性之光學膜、、尹、泛使用作為具有優異波長分 防反射膜、偏_迷光學膜,可舉例如防反射⑽膜等 及穿透型液晶_亍1差臈、楕圓偏光膜、擴大視角膜、 雖然本實施形n的3視角補償用光學補償膜等。此外, 學特性,但也^、、光學膜即使只有一片也可顯示優異的光 α積層數片。 47 320352 200909413 另外,也可與其他的膜組合。具體上,可舉例如在偏 光膜上貼合本實施形態的光學膜而成的楕圓偏光板、再在 該楕圓偏光板上將本實施形態的光學膜作為廣頻帶域的λ /4板而貼合成的廣頻帶域圓偏光板等。 並且,本實施形態中的這種膜,也可利用在反射型液 晶顯示器及有機電激發光(EL)顯示器的相位差板,以及具 備該相位差板或上述光學膜的平面顯示裝置。上述平面顯 示裝置也並無特別的限定,可舉例如液晶顯示裝置(LCD) 或有機電激發光(EL)等。 有關本實施形態的膜,可有廣範圍的用途考量。例如, 其中,將由本實施形態的光學膜及偏光膜積層而成的偏光 板、以及具備該偏光板的平面顯示裝置說明如下。 本實施形態的偏光板是具有偏光機能的膜,亦即藉由 在偏光板的單面或雙面上直接或使用接著劑或黏著劑以使 前述光學膜貼合而得者。尚且,在以下的第1圖及第2圖 之說明中,有時也將接著劑或黏著劑統稱為接著劑。 可舉例如第1圖(a)至第1圖(e)中所示:(1)使光學膜 1與偏光膜層2直接貼合的實施形態(第1圖(a)) ; (2)使 光學膜1與偏光膜層2介由接著劑層3而貼合的實施形態 (第1圖(b)) ; (3)使光學膜1與光學膜Γ直接貼合後, 再使光學膜Γ與偏光膜層2直接貼合的實施形態(第1圖 (c) );(4)使光學膜1與光學膜Γ介由接著劑層3而貼合, 再使光學膜Γ與偏光膜層2直接貼合的實施形態(第1圖 (d) );及(5)使光學膜1與光學膜Γ介由接著劑層3而貼 48 320352 200909413 合,再使光學訂與偏光膜層2介由接著劑層3,而點合 的實施形態(第1圖(e))等。 本貫施形態的偏光板是由偏光膜及本實施形態的光學 膜貼合而成者。至於光學膜(以下,有時亦稱為液晶層), 可以使用只含有來自聚合性化合物⑴之結構單位的膜,也 可以使用由支撑基材、配向膜及液晶層所構成的積層膜, 以及由配向膜及液晶層所構成的積層膜等。 本貫施形態的偏光板’也可將光學膜積層數層,該數 層的光學膜可全部使㈣—種,也可將不同種組合後使 用。更具體的說明’本實施形態的偏光板可例示如第2圖 (a)至(k)中所示的組成。 ,在第2圖(a)至(e)中,是使用由液晶層u或液晶層 11 (光學異方性層)與配向膜層12或配向膜層12,所構 成的膜來作為光學膜1及光學膜1,。第2圖(a)至(e)分別 為·光學膜1與偏光膜層2直接貼合成的組成(第2圖 (a)),光于膜1與偏光膜層2介由接著劑層3而貼合成的 、卫成(第2圖(b));光學膜!及光學膜i’直接貼合,再使 光學膜Γ與偏光膜層2直接貼合成的組成(第2圖(c)); ,予膜1及光學膜[介由接著劑層3而貼合,再於光學 膜i上使偏光膜層2直接貼合成的組成(第2圖(d));及 光予,膜1及光學膜介由接著劑層3而貼合,再使光學 膜1與偏光膜層2介由接著劑層3而貼合成的組成(第2 圖(e))。 另外’在第2圖(f)及(g)中,是使用由液晶層11或液 49 320352 200909413 晶層11’所構成的膜來作為光學膜1及光學膜丨,,在光 學膜1中未含有配向膜層12或配向膜層12,。另外,在 第2圖(f)中,光學膜1與偏光膜層2是介由一對之接著劑 層3而貼合。另一方面,在第2圖(g)中,是使光學膜j及 光學膜Γ介由接著劑層3而貼合,並且在其外側介由接 著劑層3’而貼合偏光膜層2。 苐2圖(h)表示與弟2圖(f)同樣的結構。但是,不同 於第2圖⑴之處,是使用由支撐基材13、形成在支撐基 材13的表面上之配向膜層12、與形成在配向膜層12的表 面上之液晶層11所構成的積層體(膜),來作為膜j。 〜第2圖(i)表示與第2圖(g)同樣的結構。但是,不同 於第2圖(g)之處’是使用含有支標基材13或支撐基材 13’、形成在支撐基材13或支禮基材13,的表面上之配 =膜層,12或配向膜層12’、與形成在配向膜層12或配向 、層12的表面上之液晶層以液晶層u,的積層體 (膜),來作為光學膜1或光學膜1,。 第2圖(j)及⑴表示與第2圖(g)同樣的結構。但是 j二片膜之令’第2圖⑴是使用 作為光學膜Γ,並使用由w、配向膜層2及 #基材13所構摘料為光學媒 ' 使用由液晶層Π, 力卜⑦2圖⑴疋 膜作為光學訂,射Z及支撐基材13所構成白: 學臈卜、 ”肖由液晶層11所構成的膜作為另 偏光膜層只要是具有偏光 機能的膜即可,可舉例如使 320352 50 200909413 聚乙稀醇系膜吸附硬或二色性色素後而延伸的膜、或是延 伸聚乙烯醇系膜後吸_或二色性色素之膜等。 γ使用於接著劑層3及接著劑層3’的接著劑,以透 月!·生同且财熱性優異的接著劑為佳。至於這種接著劑,可 使用例如丙稀g变系、環氧系或聚胺甲酸酷⑽)系接著劑等。 此外,在偏光膜中,如同第1圖(c)至第1圖(e)所示, 光予膜也可配合必要性而貼合1層至3層。 本實施形態的平面顯示裳置,是具備本實施形態的光 :膜者,可舉例如:具備已貼合本實施形態的偏光膜與液 板的液晶面板之液晶顯示裝置;或具傷已貼合本實施 形態的偏光膜與發光層的有機電激發光(以下,亦稱為「el」, 面板之有機EL顯示褒置。 關於本實施形態相關的平面顯示裝置,以下針對液晶 顯示裝置與有機EL顯示裝置詳細說明。" [液晶顯示裝置] 、液晶顯示裝置可舉例如具備第3圖中所示的液晶面板 之液曰曰顯不裝置。上述液晶面板是由本實施形態的偏光膜 4與液晶面板6介由接著層5而貼合成者。依照上述挺成、, 使用圖中未顯示的電極,在液晶面板施加電壓後,驅動液 晶分子,即可顯現光快門之效果。 [有機EL顯示裝置] 有機EL顯示裝置可舉例如具備第4圖中所示的 EL面板之有機EL顯示襄置等。上述有機肛面板是 施形態的偏光膜4與發光層7介由接著層5而貼合成者 320352 51 200909413 上述有機EL面板中的偏光膜4,具有作為廣頻帶域圓 偏光板的機能。同時,上述發光層7是由導電性有機化合 物所構成的至少一層之層。 本發明的化合物之其他實施形態,為以式(n)表示的 &合物’有時亦稱為「化合物⑴)」)或以式⑼表 不的化合物(以下,有時亦稱為「化合物(21)」)。Re (55 Å) is preferably 250 to 300 nm, and preferably 273 to 277 faces, preferably about 275 nm. When the optical film of the present invention is used as the optical film for the vertical alignment (VA, :r:3liinTent) mode, the structure can be selected by appropriately selecting the structural unit derived from the t-complex compound (1).相位 and 尬", , (6), ιηη p The phase difference Re (550) of the chamber is 40 to 0.1, and is preferably about 6 to 8 brilliant. The optical film of the photo-dissipation property of the embodiment is used as an anti-reflection film having an excellent wavelength, and an optical film having an excellent wavelength, for example, an anti-reflection (10) film or the like, and a penetrating liquid crystal 亍1 臈, The circular polarizing film and the wide viewing angle film are used, and the optical compensation film for three-view compensation of the present embodiment n is used. However, even if only one film is used, an excellent optical alpha laminate can be displayed. 47 320352 200909413 In addition, it may be combined with another film. Specifically, for example, a circularly polarizing plate in which the optical film of the embodiment is bonded to a polarizing film may be used, and this embodiment may be further applied to the circularly polarizing plate. The optical film of the form is a wide frequency band λ /4 plate A zoned circular polarizing plate, etc. Further, the film of the present embodiment may be used in a phase difference plate of a reflective liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence (EL) display, and the phase difference plate or the optical film may be provided. The flat display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device (LCD) or organic electroluminescence (EL). The film of the present embodiment can be used in a wide range of applications. For example, a polarizing plate in which the optical film and the polarizing film of the present embodiment are laminated, and a flat display device including the polarizing plate are described below. The polarizing plate of the present embodiment is a film having a polarizing function, that is, The optical film may be bonded to one surface or both surfaces of the polarizing plate directly or by using an adhesive or an adhesive. However, in the following descriptions of the first and second drawings, the following may be followed. The agent or the adhesive is collectively referred to as an adhesive. In the first embodiment (a) to the first embodiment (e), (1) an embodiment in which the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are directly bonded together (first) Figure (a)); (2) make An embodiment in which the film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3 (Fig. 1 (b)); (3) The optical film 1 and the optical film are directly bonded together, and then the optical film is bonded An embodiment in which the polarizing film layer 2 is directly bonded (Fig. 1 (c)); (4) the optical film 1 and the optical film are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3, and the optical film and the polarizing film layer are bonded together. 2 embodiment of direct bonding (Fig. 1 (d)); and (5) bonding the optical film 1 and the optical film Γ via the adhesive layer 3 to 48 320352 200909413, and then optically bonding the polarizing film layer 2 The embodiment in which the adhesive layer 3 is bonded to each other (Fig. 1(e)), etc. The polarizing plate of the present embodiment is obtained by bonding a polarizing film and an optical film of the present embodiment. As the optical film (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a liquid crystal layer), a film containing only a structural unit derived from the polymerizable compound (1) may be used, or a laminated film composed of a supporting substrate, an alignment film, and a liquid crystal layer may be used, and A laminated film composed of an alignment film and a liquid crystal layer. In the polarizing plate of the present embodiment, a plurality of optical films may be laminated, and the optical films of the plurality of layers may be all made of (4), or may be used in combination. More specifically, the polarizing plate of the present embodiment can be exemplified as shown in Figs. 2(a) to (k). In Figs. 2(a) to (e), a film composed of a liquid crystal layer u or a liquid crystal layer 11 (optical anisotropic layer) and an alignment film layer 12 or an alignment film layer 12 is used as an optical film. 1 and optical film 1, Fig. 2 (a) to (e) are compositions in which the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are directly bonded together (Fig. 2 (a)), and the film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are interposed via the adhesive layer 3 And the composite, Wei Cheng (Fig. 2 (b)); optical film! a composition in which the optical film i' is directly bonded to each other and the optical film Γ and the polarizing film layer 2 are directly bonded together (Fig. 2(c)); the film 1 and the optical film [adhered to the adhesive layer 3] a composition in which the polarizing film layer 2 is directly bonded to the optical film i (Fig. 2(d)); and a light film, the film 1 and the optical film are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3, and then the optical film 1 is bonded. A composition which is bonded to the polarizing film layer 2 via the adhesive layer 3 (Fig. 2(e)). Further, in FIGS. 2(f) and (g), a film composed of a liquid crystal layer 11 or a liquid layer 49 320352 200909413 crystal layer 11' is used as the optical film 1 and the optical film 丨 in the optical film 1. The alignment film layer 12 or the alignment film layer 12 is not contained. Further, in Fig. 2(f), the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are bonded together via a pair of adhesive layers 3. On the other hand, in Fig. 2(g), the optical film j and the optical film are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3, and the polarizing film layer 2 is bonded to the outside via the adhesive layer 3'. . Fig. 2 (h) shows the same structure as Fig. 2 (f). However, unlike the second figure (1), the alignment substrate layer 12 formed on the surface of the support substrate 13 and the liquid crystal layer 11 formed on the surface of the alignment film layer 12 are used. The layered body (film) is used as the film j. - Figure 2 (i) shows the same structure as Fig. 2 (g). However, the difference from the second figure (g) is that the film layer is formed on the surface of the support substrate 13 or the support substrate 13 using the support substrate 13 or the support substrate 13'. 12 or an alignment film layer 12', and a laminate (film) of a liquid crystal layer u formed on the surface of the alignment film layer 12 or the alignment layer 12 as the optical film 1 or the optical film 1. Fig. 2 (j) and (1) show the same configuration as Fig. 2 (g). However, the second film (1) is used as an optical film, and the material selected from w, the alignment film layer 2, and the # substrate 13 is used as an optical medium. (1) The ruthenium film is formed as an optical frame, and the ray Z and the support substrate 13 are white. The film formed of the liquid crystal layer 11 as the other polarizing film layer may be a film having a polarizing function, and may be exemplified. For example, 320352 50 200909413 A film in which a polyethylene film is adsorbed by a hard or dichroic dye, or a film in which a polyvinyl alcohol film is stretched or a dichroic dye is used. γ is used in an adhesive layer. 3 and the adhesive of the adhesive layer 3' are preferably an adhesive which is excellent in heat and excellent in heat and good in heat. For such an adhesive, for example, an acrylonitrile-based, epoxy-based or polycarbamic acid can be used. Cool (10)) is an adhesive or the like. Further, in the polarizing film, as shown in Fig. 1 (c) to Fig. 1 (e), the photoprecipitated film may be bonded to one to three layers in accordance with necessity. In the case of the light-receiving film of the embodiment, the light-receiving film of the embodiment includes, for example, a partial lens that has been bonded to the embodiment. A liquid crystal display device of a liquid crystal panel of a film and a liquid plate; or an organic electroluminescence light (hereinafter also referred to as "el", an organic EL display device of a panel) having a polarizing film and a light-emitting layer bonded to the present embodiment. The liquid crystal display device and the organic EL display device will be described in detail below with reference to the liquid crystal display device and the organic EL display device. The liquid crystal display device may include, for example, a liquid crystal panel of the liquid crystal panel shown in FIG. The liquid crystal panel is bonded by the polarizing film 4 of the present embodiment and the liquid crystal panel 6 via the adhesive layer 5. According to the above-described embodiment, after the voltage is applied to the liquid crystal panel, an electrode (not shown) is used. In the liquid crystal molecule, the effect of the light shutter can be exhibited. [Organic EL display device] The organic EL display device includes, for example, an organic EL display device including an EL panel shown in Fig. 4. The organic anal panel is applied. The polarizing film 4 and the light-emitting layer 7 of the form are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer 320352 51 200909413 The polarizing film 4 in the above-described organic EL panel has a wide-band circular polarizing plate. At the same time, the light-emitting layer 7 is a layer of at least one layer composed of a conductive organic compound. In another embodiment of the compound of the present invention, the & compound represented by the formula (n) is sometimes referred to as " The compound (1)))) or a compound represented by the formula (9) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (21)").

(21) .此處,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基。電子吸引基 可舉例如硝基、腈基'三氟曱基或氟基等。 pl及ql分別獨立地表示〇至4之任一整數。但是,^ Spl + ql$8,尤其以 pi=qi = i 為佳。 田pl-ql-l %,在為化合物(U)時,苯環中的EWg之 結合位置是以結合在以下述左式以「^」表示的碳原子之 位置者為佳;而在為化合物⑵)時,是以結合在下述右式 以1j至「lllj表不的任一碳原子之位置上為佳。(21) Here, the EWG independently represents an electron attracting group. The electron attracting group may, for example, be a nitro group, a nitrile group 'trifluoromethyl group or a fluorine group. Pl and ql each independently represent any integer from 〇 to 4. However, ^ Spl + ql$8, especially pi=qi = i is preferred. Field pl-ql-l%, in the case of the compound (U), the bonding position of EWg in the benzene ring is preferably a position in which a carbon atom represented by "^" in the following formula is bonded; In the case of (2)), it is preferred to combine the position of any carbon atom represented by 1j to "lllj" in the following right formula.

320352 52 200909413 八“及Au分別獨立地表示丨,4_伸苯基,在該丨,4_伸苯 基上’也可結合選自曱基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基等碳 原子數丨纟4的祕;曱氧基、乙氧㈣碳原子數1至4 的烧氧基所成群組的至少一種取代基。320352 52 200909413 八 "and Au respectively represent 丨, 4_ phenyl, on the 丨, 4 phenyl" can also be combined with thiol, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, etc. a secret of a carbon atom number of 丨纟4; at least one substituent group of a group of alkoxy groups having an alkyloxy group and an oxy group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

Bn、B21 及 B 31 分別獨立地表示 _〇_、_s 一、_c(=〇)_、 -0CH2-、-0-C(=0)-0-或單鍵 至4之烷基或氫原子。 XI表示以式(3)表示的二價基 -C(=〇)-〇-.-〇-c(=〇)-._c(=〇)_NRi,__NRi,_c(=〇)_ 此處’ h,表示碳原子數1Bn, B21 and B 31 respectively represent _〇_, _s_, _c(=〇)_, -0CH2-, -0-C(=0)-0- or a single bond to an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom of 4 . XI represents a divalent group represented by the formula (3) -C(=〇)-〇-.-〇-c(=〇)-._c(=〇)_NRi, __NRi, _c(=〇)_ here' h, indicating the number of carbon atoms

A 31A 31

B 41 η (3) 的二價 式(3)中,A31 表示-C(=〇)-C6H4-、5 至 20 員 狀烴基或5至20員環的二價雜環基。 其· =(=〇)—d、環狀烴基或該雜環基也可結合:經 I,甲基、乙基、異丙某、筮_ 浐其n 、㈣第二丁基等碳原子數1至4# ^"^、乙氧鱗碳原子數…的 甲基,三氟甲基氧基;腈基;硝基 = 漠原子等鹵素原子。 ㈣子㈣子、B 41 quinone of η (3) In the formula (3), A31 represents a -C(=〇)-C6H4-, a 5- to 20-membered hydrocarbon group or a 5- to 20-membered ring divalent heterocyclic group. Its =(=〇)-d, a cyclic hydrocarbon group or the heterocyclic group may also be bonded: a number of carbon atoms such as I, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, 筮_ 浐, n, (d) second butyl 1 to 4# ^"^, ethoxylated squaring carbon number... methyl, trifluoromethyloxy; nitrile; nitro = halogen atom such as desert atom. (4) Sub (four) children,

厂-α , a 所謂二價雜環基,是指具 專雜原子與碳原子之二價環狀二硫原子 性。 『具有或不具有芳香族 320352 53 200909413 可舉例如以下述式表示 具有芳香族性的二價雜環基 的基。Plant-α, a The so-called divalent heterocyclic group refers to a divalent cyclic disulfide atom having a specific hetero atom and a carbon atom. "With or without an aromatic 320352 53 200909413, for example, a group having an aromatic divalent heterocyclic group is represented by the following formula.

可舉例如以下述式表 不具有芳香族性的二價雜環基 示的基。For example, a group represented by the following formula which does not have an aromatic divalent heterocyclic group.

~0~, L尤其是以式(4-υ至式(4-5)表示之基為佳, 的容易度而言,是以式(4-2)及式(4-5)表示之基為件。口~0~, L is especially based on the formula (4-υ to formula (4-5)), and is based on the formula (4-2) and formula (4-5). For the piece.

Ν- ㈣ (4-2) ㈣ (4-4) (4-5) b41 表示-CRl,Rl” -、-㈣―、_cH=gh…id、 -0- ' -S- > -C(=〇)- > -C(=0)-0-. -〇-C(.〇)- , -〇-C(=〇)_〇_Ν- (4) (4-2) (4) (4-4) (4-5) b41 means -CRl, Rl" -, - (four) ―, _cH=gh...id, -0- ' -S- > -C( =〇)- > -C(=0)-0-. -〇-C(.〇)- , -〇-C(=〇)_〇_

-CH=N->-N=CH^-C(=0)-NR/ - >-NR/ -C(=〇)- _〇CH ,i,-、-chi、-CH=CH-C㈣)+、Ic(=〇)_ch=ch^ 單鍵此處,R!及仏分別獨立地表示碳原子數1至4 之烷基或氫原子。 η表不1至4的任一整數。當n為2至4時,由“及 “所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同。1 如同後述,從使化合物⑴)或化合物(21)模禱時的容 320352 54 200909413 易處理之觀點、與提高化合物的配向性之觀點來看,n是 以2至4的任一整數為佳。-CH=N->-N=CH^-C(=0)-NR/ - >-NR/ -C(=〇)- _〇CH ,i,-, -chi, -CH=CH- C(tetra))+, Ic(=〇)_ch=ch^ Single bond Here, R! and 仏 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. η represents any integer from 1 to 4. When n is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of "and" may be identical to each other or may be different from each other. 1 As described later, n is an integer of 2 to 4 from the viewpoint of easy handling of the compound (1)) or the compound (21), and the viewpoint of improving the alignment of the compound. .

En表示碳原子數1至12之伸烷基。 一"中的氫原子也可經甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基 等破原子數1至4的烧基;τ氧基、乙氧基等碳原子數广 至4的貌氧基;三氟尹基,·三氟甲基氧基;猜基;确基; 或氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等齒素原子取代。但是,較佳 為不取代。 E21表示碳原子數1至12之烷基或環烷基。 所含域科切經甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三 丁基等碳原子數1至4的絲;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳原子 至j的烧氧基;三氟甲基;三氟甲基氧基;腈基;確 土,或氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等齒素原子取代。 Ρπ為(P-1)至(P_5)表示的基或氫原子。En represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. a hydrogen atom in a " may also be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a third butyl group, etc., having a number of atoms of 1 to 4; a oxy group such as a oxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of up to 4 Oxyloxy; trifluoroindolyl, trifluoromethyloxy; guess base; exact base; or fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and other dentate atom substitution. However, it is preferably not substituted. E21 represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The group containing a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a third butyl group and the like having a carbon number of 1 to 4; a methoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; a group; a trifluoromethyloxy group; a nitrile group; a soil, or a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or the like. Ρ π is a group represented by (P-1) to (P_5) or a hydrogen atom.

式(P-l)SS(P-5)中,&至!^分別獨立地表示甲灵、 :基、異丙基、第三丁基等碳原子數2至4的烷基心 子。 就PlI而言 —右丹馬以式(ρ_υ至式(p_5)表示的基時, 由於所得的鮮膜中來自化合物⑴)或⑵)之結構單 易於固定化之傾向而為佳,尤其以式(ρ-υ表示之基為佳。 320352 55 200909413 製造本實施形態的化合物(11)及化合物(21)的方法, 若以式(11-B)表示的羰基化合物及式(21-C)表示的幾基化 合物為例說明時,首先,是使該羰基化合物與例如酚、鄰 曱酚、2-曱氧基酚等含有Αι之酚類反應後,即獲得以式 (11_B_1)、式(1 卜B-2)、式(21-C-1)及式(21-C-2)表示的 雙紛衍生物。In the formula (P-l) SS (P-5), & to! ^ independently represents an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, a group, an isopropyl group, and a t-butyl group. In the case of PlI, it is preferable that the structure of the right danma is ρ_υ to the formula (p_5) because the structure of the obtained fresh film from the compound (1) or (2) is easily fixed, especially (The base of ρ-υ is preferably. 320352 55 200909413 The method of producing the compound (11) and the compound (21) of the present embodiment, the carbonyl compound represented by the formula (11-B) and the formula (21-C) When the sulfhydryl compound is reacted with a phenol containing oxime such as phenol, o-nonyl phenol or 2-decyloxyphenol, the ketone compound is obtained by reacting the phenol compound with a phenol such as phenol, o-nonyl phenol or 2-decyloxyphenol, and then obtaining the formula (11_B_1) and formula (1). Bu B-2), a formula of (21-C-1) and a formula (21-C-2).

接著,藉由使例如碘化甲基、碘化乙基、碘化正丙基、 蛾化異丙基、破化正丁基、钱第二了基、軌環己基土、 漠化異丙基、溴化環丙基、演化異丁基、溴化環丁基、漠 化正戊基、演化第二戊基、演化正己基、溴化環己基、淳 320352 56 200909413 化環庚基、溴化正庚基、溴化正辛基、溴化正癸基、溴化 正十二基、溴化正十四基、氯化正己基、氯化正辛基等可 供應Ez的化合物反應後,而製得單酚中間體。也可使單酚 中間體藉由石夕膠管柱層析儀等再予精製。 供應本實施形態的化合物(11)之單盼中間體的具體 例’可舉例如式(1-A-1)至式(1-A-45)等。 57 320352 200909413Next, by, for example, methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, n-propyl iodide, moth isopropyl, broken n-butyl, money second base, orbital cyclohexane, desertified isopropyl , brominated cyclopropyl, evolved isobutyl, brominated cyclobutyl, desertified n-pentyl, evolved second pentyl, evolved n-hexyl, brominated cyclohexyl, 淳320352 56 200909413 Cycloheptyl, brominated a compound capable of supplying Ez, such as n-heptyl, n-octyl bromide, n-decyl bromide, n-dodecyl bromide, n-tetradecyl bromide, n-hexyl chloride, n-octyl chloride, etc. A monophenol intermediate is obtained. The monophenol intermediate can also be re-refined by a Shixi rubber column chromatography or the like. Specific examples of the mono-introgress intermediate of the compound (11) of the present embodiment can be exemplified by the formula (1-A-1) to the formula (1-A-45). 57 320352 200909413

58 320352 20090941358 320352 200909413

\\

(1-A-29)(1-A-29)

59 320352 20090941359 320352 200909413

供應本實施形態的化合物(21)之單酚中間體的具體 例,可舉例如式(2-A-1)至式(2-A-45)。 60 320352 200909413Specific examples of the monophenol intermediate to which the compound (21) of the present embodiment is supplied include, for example, the formula (2-A-1) to the formula (2-A-45). 60 320352 200909413

61 320352 20090941361 320352 200909413

(2-A-28) (2-A-29) (2-A-30) 62 320352 200909413(2-A-28) (2-A-29) (2-A-30) 62 320352 200909413

使單齡中間體與供應Bu-X-En-B31-Pu之結構的化合物 反應後’即可製造本實施形態的化合物(11)及化合物 (21)。當Βιι為-〇C(=0)-時,只要使用對應之叛酸、羧醯氯 或羧酸的三甲苯基化(mesi tyhat ed)之化合物等作為供應 320352 63 200909413The compound (11) and the compound (21) of the present embodiment can be produced by reacting a single-aged intermediate with a compound having a structure in which Bu-X-En-B31-Pu is supplied. When Βιι is -〇C(=0)-, as long as the corresponding toluene, carboxylic chloride or carboxylic acid trimethylate compound is used as the supply 320352 63 200909413

Bn-X-L-B”—?11之結構的化合物,與單酚中 即可,當&為♦時,只要使用對應的^匕物旨化The compound of the structure of Bn-X-L-B"-?11 can be used together with monophenol. When & is ♦, it is only necessary to use the corresponding substance.

Bn-X-Eu-Bsi-Pii之結構的化合物,使其酯化即可:“應 供應Bu-X-Eu-Bu-Pn之結構的化合物,可舉例如以式 (3-A-1)至式(3-A-124)表示的羧酸及該羧酸的氯化物等: 尚且’式中之k分別獨立地表示1至12之整數。The compound of the structure of Bn-X-Eu-Bsi-Pii can be esterified: "The compound which should be supplied with the structure of Bu-X-Eu-Bu-Pn can be mentioned, for example, by the formula (3-A-1) The carboxylic acid represented by the formula (3-A-124), the chloride of the carboxylic acid, and the like: wherein k in the formula represents each independently an integer of 1 to 12.

Jk> 一 (CH2)r〇^^H ㈣ -('〇~(CH2>»^<>〇-^h (3-A-2) (3-A-3) M^-〇-(CH2)jPj0^>^H (3_a_4) ==Λ0~(°Η2)κ0^〇--ξΗ (3-A-5) ^〇-(ΟΗ2)ίΡγ~ζ]}-^Η (3-α-6) 64 320352 200909413 。广 CH2)r〇~〇g OH (3-A-7)Jk> One (CH2)r〇^^H (4) -('〇~(CH2>»^<>〇-^h (3-A-2) (3-A-3) M^-〇-( CH2)jPj0^>^H (3_a_4) ==Λ0~(°Η2)κ0^〇--ξΗ(3-A-5) ^〇-(ΟΗ2)ίΡγ~ζ]}-^Η (3-α -6) 64 320352 200909413. Wide CH2)r〇~〇g OH (3-A-7)

-0—(CH2)jfO八 (3-A-8) Ο-0—(CH2)jfO八 (3-A-8) Ο

〇-<CH2)r〇^ ,Μ (3-A-9) OH ^0-{0Η2\-〇-〇-ζΗ (3—A-10)〇-<CH2)r〇^ , Μ (3-A-9) OH ^0-{0Η2\-〇-〇-ζΗ (3—A-10)

ΌΌ

PH ΟPH Ο

。-{CH2)r〇~\ -〇-(CH2)f〇 (3-A-ll) (3Ά-12) (3-A-13) (3-A-14). -{CH2)r〇~\ -〇-(CH2)f〇 (3-A-ll) (3Ά-12) (3-A-13) (3-A-14)

OO

—(CH2)jt〇—(CH2)jt〇

0-0-

00

OH 、0,OH, 0,

-0 一 (CH2)r〇H〇^Q^O~^H-0 a (CH2)r〇H〇^Q^O~^H

〇-陶Γ<Η 卜。H o—(CH2)ir〇 Οζ^ζ〇-ζΗ (3-A-15) (3"A,16〉 (3-A-17) (3-Α*~18) 65 320352 200909413 _3~〇-(CH2)it〇〇-陶Γ<Η卜. H o—(CH2)ir〇Οζ^ζ〇-ζΗ (3-A-15) (3"A,16> (3-A-17) (3-Α*~18) 65 320352 200909413 _3~〇- (CH2)it〇

-(CHzk-(CHzk

QH (3-A-20) b Q. (3 十扣 ^〇-(C秘州2)QH (3-A-20) b Q. (3 十扣 ^〇-(C Mizhou 2)

b OH (3-A-24) O yo^cm-o-O^Q^ <3~A_23) 峨(3士25) Q .〇-(CH2)iP名。(3十26) 3-°-<CH2)irb OH (3-A-24) O yo^cm-o-O^Q^ <3~A_23) 峨(3士25) Q .〇-(CH2)iP name. (3:26) 3-°-<CH2)ir

^-0-(0¾ OH 0 o "〇~(CH2)k^-0-(03⁄4 OH 0 o "〇~(CH2)k

3·〇~_『〇·〇^3·〇~_『〇·〇^

OH o (3-A-27) (3-A-28) (3-A-29) (3-A-30) (3-A-31) (3-A-32) (3Ά-33) (3-A-34) 66 320352 200909413OH o (3-A-27) (3-A-28) (3-A-29) (3-A-30) (3-A-31) (3-A-32) (3Ά-33) ( 3-A-34) 66 320352 200909413

3^~(CH2)r〇-〇^-Q^^〇H (3*A~35) Q. -(CHzJtr3^~(CH2)r〇-〇^-Q^^〇H (3*A~35) Q. -(CHzJtr

(3-A**36) 个-(CH々。〇^〇^〇i _3~〇-(叫-〇-〇~^〇_^〇~〇-<〇" (3-A-39)々ο~(α3〇—㈣(3+42) jh2>t〇(3-A**36) -(CH々.〇^〇^〇i _3~〇-(叫-〇-〇~^〇_^〇~〇-<〇" (3-A-39 )々ο~(α3〇—(4)(3+42) jh2>t〇

^h〇-(CH2)r〇-(3_0v/=\vW~\ 0K><。3-^(CH2)r〇-〇^_^^-C^i^-(CH2)k-〇-Q^_Q^>-〇-( o^h〇-(CH2)r〇-(3_0v/=\vW~\ 0K><.3-^(CH2)r〇-〇^_^^-C^i^-(CH2)k-〇- Q^_Q^>-〇-( o

^-(CH2)rO-〇-〇)_^^0~0^〇H (3 士 37) (3~A_38) (3-A-40) (3_A~4l) (3-A-43) (3-A-44) (3-A~45) (3~A~46) (3Ά~47) (3Ά~48) (3-A-49) (3-A-50〉 320352 67 200909413 J-〇-(CH2)Ir〇〇^H (3十51) 个-(CH2)r〇^Q^H (3士52) (3-A-53)^-(CH2)rO-〇-〇)_^^0~0^〇H (3 士37) (3~A_38) (3-A-40) (3_A~4l) (3-A-43) ( 3-A-44) (3-A~45) (3~A~46) (3Ά~47) (3Ά~48) (3-A-49) (3-A-50> 320352 67 200909413 J-〇 -(CH2)Ir〇〇^H (3:51) -(CH2)r〇^Q^H (3士52) (3-A-53)

€Η2)Γ€Η2)Γ

Η (3- A-55) (3-A-56〉Η (3- A-55) (3-A-56>

Η (3-A_58) pH (3-A-57)Η (3-A_58) pH (3-A-57)

pH (3~A~60) ^O-iCH^irO-O-^./~\ PH (3-A-61)pH (3~A~60) ^O-iCH^irO-O-^./~\ PH (3-A-61)

PH (3-A-€2)PH (3-A-€2)

68 320352 200909413 (3+65) 3-〇-(CH2)r〇^}-<° ο 七-<CH2)k-〇^^Q_^^Q^H3^^ι<^〇^ζΟ~ζ (3~A~66)68 320352 200909413 (3+65) 3-〇-(CH2)r〇^}-<° ο 七-<CH2)k-〇^^Q_^^Q^H3^^ι<^〇^ζΟ~ ζ (3~A~66)

(3-A-67) (3-A-68) 3^°~<CH2)ir〇〇-t o (3_Α·69) o(3-A-67) (3-A-68) 3^°~<CH2)ir〇〇-t o (3_Α·69) o

Q o (3-A-70) oQ o (3-A-70) o

-O-iCH^-C 乂OH-O-iCH^-C 乂OH

(3-A-71) (3+72)(3-A-71) (3+72)

H-(CH2)kH3-(^-(〇H (3-A-74) (3-A-76) (3-A-73)H-(CH2)kH3-(^-(〇H (3-A-74) (3-A-76) (3-A-73)

H~(CH2)r<〇^PH (3-A-75) H-(CH2)k-0-〇-(°_^^H Η_(〇Η^_ (3-A-77) (3-A-78) H-(〇H2)k-〇-^^^OH H-(CH2)k-CH° (3-A-80) (3-A-79) 200909413 Η—(CH2)k*H~(CH2)r<〇^PH(3-A-75) H-(CH2)k-0-〇-(°_^^H Η_(〇Η^_ (3-A-77) (3- A-78) H-(〇H2)k-〇-^^^OH H-(CH2)k-CH° (3-A-80) (3-A-79) 200909413 Η—(CH2)k*

(3 -Α_83) Η—(ΟΗ2)τ〇-(3-ζ pH (3-Α-81)(3 -Α_83) Η—(ΟΗ2)τ〇-(3-ζ pH (3-Α-81)

(CH2)k-H^3_^〇_.^^_^:>H (3-Α-84)Η - (CH2)r0_O~^Q_^O~^H Η-ι (3-A-85) H—(CH2)ri(CH2)kH^3_^〇_.^^_^:>H (3-Α-84)Η - (CH2)r0_O~^Q_^O~^H Η-ι (3-A-85) H —(CH2)ri

(3~A - 86)(3~A - 86)

H-(CH2)r〇^〇^H〇^H (3 -A-87)H-(CH2)r〇^〇^H〇^H (3 -A-87)

H—(Cl·^- (3 -A- 88) (3-A-89) (3-A-90) (3-A-91) ^<Η^}-ζ<ΗΗ (3-A-92) 70 320352 200909413H—(Cl·^- (3 -A- 88) (3-A-89) (3-A-90) (3-A-91) ^<Η^}-ζ<ΗΗ (3-A- 92) 70 320352 200909413

H-iCH^rOH-iCH^rO

H-(CH2)k·H-(CH2)k·

H—(CH2)iH—(CH2)i

Q H-陶!Γ<Η〇ξ^_^〇ξΗQ H-陶!Γ<Η〇ξ^_^〇ξΗ

H-Wro-O^Q^O^HH-(CH2)trO〇^^K>^H H-(CH2)k- H-(CH2)k-H-Wro-O^Q^O^HH-(CH2)trO〇^^K>^H H-(CH2)k- H-(CH2)k-

(3-A-93) (3-A-94) (3-A-95) (3-A-96) (3-A-97) (3-A-98) (3-A-99) (3-A-100) (3-A-101) (3-A-102) (3-A-1CS) (3-A-104) (3-A-105) (3-A-106) (3-A-107) (3-A-108) 71 320352 200909413 H-(CH2)k-〇~〇·^(3-A-93) (3-A-94) (3-A-95) (3-A-96) (3-A-97) (3-A-98) (3-A-99) ( 3-A-100) (3-A-101) (3-A-102) (3-A-1CS) (3-A-104) (3-A-105) (3-A-106) (3 -A-107) (3-A-108) 71 320352 200909413 H-(CH2)k-〇~〇·^

(3-A-109)(3-A-109)

H 一 (CH2)H one (CH2)

(3-A-11Q) (3-A-lll) (3-A-112) (3-A-113) (3~A~114) (3-A-115) (3-A-116) 72 320352 200909413 (3-A-117) s^〇~(CH2)ir〇-^^-^^-(〇H (3-A-118) (3-A-119) 々〇-(ch々0>〇^^h (3_A_120) 3~。,2)1<-〇-〇〇~{_〇^〇 ^-(CH2)r〇-〇-〇^Q^〇: OH (3-A-121) pH (3-A-122) (CH2)k-0(3-A-11Q) (3-A-lll) (3-A-112) (3-A-113) (3~A~114) (3-A-115) (3-A-116) 72 320352 200909413 (3-A-117) s^〇~(CH2)ir〇-^^-^^-(〇H (3-A-118) (3-A-119) 々〇-(ch々0> 〇^^h (3_A_120) 3~.,2)1<-〇-〇〇~{_〇^〇^-(CH2)r〇-〇-〇^Q^〇: OH (3-A-121) pH (3-A-122) (CH2)k-0

(3-A-123) ^Ο-(0Η2),γ〇-{3^ (3-A-124) 以式(3-A-l)至式(3-A-124)表示的化合物之製造方 法’是藉由使含有八31、B31、B41、Βδΐ、Ell及Pli的各结構單 位之化合物,例如以縮合反應、酯化反應、威廉森反應、 伍耳曼反應、苄基化反應、菌頭反應.、鈐木-宮浦反應、根 岸反應、熊田反應、檜山反應、布赫巴耳德-哈特威反應、 Wittig反應、Friedel-Craits反應、Heck反應或酸·醇反 應等進行結合而製得。具體上,可應用例如日本特開 2005-208416號公報的方法([0036]至[0040])、日本特開 2005-289980 號公報的方法([0185])、Macromolecules, 27 卷,6722 至 6727(1994)的方法、Advanced Functional 73 320352 200909413(3-A-123) ^Ο-(0Η2), γ〇-{3^(3-A-124) A method for producing a compound represented by the formula (3-Al) to the formula (3-A-124) By compounding each structural unit containing octa 31, B31, B41, Βδΐ, E11 and Pli, for example, by condensation reaction, esterification reaction, Williamson reaction, Woolmann reaction, benzylation reaction, and bacterial head reaction , eucalyptus-gongpu reaction, root-bank reaction, Xiongtian reaction, Laoshan reaction, Bucherbaard-Hartway reaction, Wittig reaction, Friedel-Craits reaction, Heck reaction or acid-alcohol reaction are combined. Specifically, for example, the method of [0036] to [0040], the method of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2005-289980 ([0185]), Macromolecules, 27, 6722 to 6727 can be applied. (1994) method, Advanced Functional 73 320352 200909413

Materials,15卷,1961至1972的方法等而製得。 本實施形態的光學膜,是含有來自選自化合物(11)及 化合物(21)所成群組的至少一種之化合物(以下,亦稱為 「本化合物」)之結構單位的光學膜,通常,是使含有本化 合物的組成物聚合後,即可得本實施形態的光學膜。此外, 該組成物通常也可復含有異於化合物(11)及化合物(21)的 任何一種之化合物且顯示液晶性的化合物(以下,有時亦稱 為「液晶化合物」)。含有來自液晶化合物的結構單位之光 學膜,由於有配向性增加且相位差值增加的傾向而佳。 如欲使本化合物與液晶化合物共聚合,是以本化合物 中所含的Pi 1之聚合性基與液晶化合物的聚合性基係可相 互反應的聚合性基為佳,尤其以相互的聚合性基是以式 (P-1)表示之基時,由於其容易以光聚合而佳。 另外,可藉由改變光學膜中所含的來自本化合物的結· 構單位之含有量與來自液晶化合物的結構單位之含有量, 而控制所得光學膜的折射率之波長依賴性。 液晶化合物之具體例,可舉例如液晶便覽(液晶便覽編 集委員會編,丸善(股)平成12年10月30曰發行)的第3 章分子結構與液晶性的3. 2非手性(nonchiral)棒狀液晶 分子、3. 3手性棒狀液晶分子所記載的化合物中具有聚合 性基的化合物。 液晶化合物也可併用數個不同的液晶化合物。 液晶化合物可舉例如以下述式(V)、式(VI)、式(VE)、 式(M)或式(IX)表示的化合物等。 74 320352 200909413 P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-A240-B250-A250-B260-E220-P220 (v) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-A240-B250-E220-P220 (VI) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-E220-P220 (VII) P210-B210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-F210 (VIII) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-F210 (IX) 在上述式(V)、式(VI)、式(W)、式(Μ)及式(IX)中, Α210、Α220、Α230、Α240及Α250分別獨立地表示二價環 狀烴基、二價雜環基、芳香族烴基、伸苐基或硫伸苯基。 在Α210、Α220、Α230、Α240及Α250上,也可結合碳原子 數1至5的烷基、碳原子數1至5的烷氧基、硝基、腈基、 苯基、二曱基胺基或鹵素原子。 Β210、Β220、Β230、Β240、Β250 及 Β260 分別表示獨 立的-CR11R12-、_CeC~、-CH=CH_、-CH2-CH2-、-0-、-S_、 _C(=0)_.、_C(=0)_0-、-0-0(=0)-、_0_C(=0)-0-、-C(=S)-、 -C(=S)-0-、-0_C(=S)_、-CH=N_、-N=CH-、-N=N~~、 -C(=0)-NRii_、_NRii_C(=0)-、-OCH2-、-OCF2-、-NRii-、 -CH2O-、-CF2O-' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-CH=CH-或單 鍵,尚且,Ru及R12分別獨立地表示氩原子、氟原子、或碳 原子數1至4之烷基、或Ru與R12結合後的碳原子數5至7 的伸烧基。 E210及E220分別獨立地表示碳原子數1至12之伸烷 基。E210及E220也可結合碳原子數1至5之烷基、碳原 子數1至5之烷氧基或鹵素原子。 75 320352 200909413 P210及P220分別獨立地矣一 示的聚合性基。 丁以式(P-1)至式(P-5)表 至13的烷基、碳原子 二氟甲基、二曱基胺基 F21Q表示氫原子、碳原子數丄 數1至13的烧氧基、腈基、確基、 或鹵素原子。 液晶化合物的具體例可舉例如以下的式(HI)至 (1-25)、(II-1)至(11—6)、([⑴至(ΠΙ_29)、⑺—⑴ 至(IV-24)、(V-1)至(V-5)表示的化合物等。惟,式中之 m係各自獨立地表示1至12之任一整數。 320352 76 200909413Materials, 15 volumes, methods from 1961 to 1972, etc. were prepared. The optical film of the present embodiment is an optical film containing a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compound (11) and the compound (21) (hereinafter, also referred to as "the present compound"). The optical film of this embodiment can be obtained by polymerizing the composition containing the present compound. In addition, the compound may also contain a compound which is different from the compound (11) and the compound (21) and exhibits liquid crystallinity (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "liquid crystal compound"). An optical film containing a structural unit derived from a liquid crystal compound is preferred because of an increase in alignment and an increase in phase difference. In order to copolymerize the present compound and the liquid crystal compound, a polymerizable group in which the polymerizable group of Pi 1 contained in the present compound and the polymerizable group of the liquid crystal compound are mutually reactive is preferable, and in particular, a mutual polymerizable group is used. When it is a group represented by the formula (P-1), it is preferable because it is easily photopolymerized. Further, the wavelength dependence of the refractive index of the obtained optical film can be controlled by changing the content of the content of the structural unit derived from the present compound contained in the optical film and the content of the structural unit derived from the liquid crystal compound. Specific examples of the liquid crystal compound include, for example, a liquid crystal handbook (edited by the Liquid Crystal Handbook Compilation Committee, Maruzen Co., Ltd., issued on October 30, 2004). Chapter 3: Molecular Structure and Liquid Crystallinity 3.2 Non-chiral (nonchiral) A compound having a polymerizable group among the compounds described in the rod-like liquid crystal molecules and the 3.8 chiral rod-like liquid crystal molecules. The liquid crystal compound may also be used in combination with a plurality of different liquid crystal compounds. The liquid crystal compound may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formula (V), formula (VI), formula (VE), formula (M) or formula (IX). 74 320352 200909413 P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-A240-B250-A250-B260-E220-P220 (v) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230 -B240-A240-B250-E220-P220 (VI) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-A230-B240-E220-P220 (VII) P210-B210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230 -A230-B240-F210 (VIII) P210-E210-B210-A210-B220-A220-B230-F210 (IX) In the above formula (V), formula (VI), formula (W), formula (Μ) and In (IX), hydrazine 210, hydrazine 220, hydrazine 230, hydrazine 240, and hydrazine 250 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group, a divalent heterocyclic group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a mercapto group or a sulfur-extended phenyl group. On Α210, Α220, Α230, Α240 and Α250, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a nitro group, a nitrile group, a phenyl group or a decylamino group may be bonded. Or a halogen atom. Β210, Β220, Β230, Β240, Β250, and Β260 respectively represent independent -CR11R12-, _CeC~, -CH=CH_, -CH2-CH2-, -0-, -S_, _C(=0)_., _C( =0)_0-,-0-0(=0)-, _0_C(=0)-0-, -C(=S)-, -C(=S)-0-,-0_C(=S)_ , -CH=N_, -N=CH-, -N=N~~, -C(=0)-NRii_, _NRii_C(=0)-, -OCH2-, -OCF2-, -NRii-, -CH2O- , -CF2O-' -CH=CH-C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-CH=CH- or a single bond, and Ru and R12 independently represent an argon atom or a fluorine atom, respectively. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a stretching group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms after the combination of Ru and R12. E210 and E220 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. E210 and E220 may also be bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. 75 320352 200909413 P210 and P220 are each independently shown as a polymerizable group. The alkyl group, the carbon atom difluoromethyl group, and the dimercaptoamine group F21Q of the formula (P-1) to the formula (P-5) are represented by a hydrogen atom and a hydrogen atom having a carbon number of from 1 to 13. A group, a nitrile group, a confirming group, or a halogen atom. Specific examples of the liquid crystal compound include, for example, the following formulas (HI) to (1-25), (II-1) to (11-6), ([(1) to (ΠΙ_29), (7) to (1) to (IV-24)). And a compound represented by (V-1) to (V-5), etc., wherein m in the formula each independently represents an integer of any of 1 to 12. 320352 76 200909413

(1-2»)(1-2»)

«>-(。咏〇-^_«>-(.咏〇-^_

J^>-(CH2k〇〇{_Q_Q_^〇~〇~(CH2)srO·^ 3-〇^CHz)m〇-Q-^-^^_^-Q-〇J^>-(CH2k〇〇{_Q_Q_^〇~〇~(CH2)srO·^ 3-〇^CHz)m〇-Q-^-^^_^-Q-〇

'-(CHzte-C'-(CHzte-C

(r-22) (1-23) (1—24) (1-25) (II- 1) » (II-2) (11-3) (Π-4) (II-5) (II-6) 3203.52 77 200909413(r-22) (1-23) (1-24) (1-25) (II-1) » (II-2) (11-3) (Π-4) (II-5) (II-6 ) 3203.52 77 200909413

(CH2)s (III-丨3) ==s/h°^CH2)ni~0 (III-⑷ 3^〇-(CH2)fr〇~〇-^_^_^O〇~(CH2W〇^ (III-15) 3〇(CH2)rS-〇 3~〇~丨 (CH2)(CH2)s (III-丨3) ==s/h°^CH2)ni~0 (III-(4) 3^〇-(CH2)fr〇~〇-^_^_^O〇~(CH2W〇^ (III-15) 3〇(CH2)rS-〇3~〇~丨(CH2)

:CH2)nr〇- (III-17)' (III-18) 3-°*(CH2) 3-° 丨一 (CH2)sr〇·:CH2)nr〇- (III-17)' (III-18) 3-°*(CH2) 3-° 丨一 (CH2)sr〇·

"(CH2)FF 'fir〇^= (III-19) 3^CH2>sr~〇^^"^C^0;~"^H^~0^CH2)fir〇^= (III-20) 3-°"(CH2)FF 'fir〇^= (III-19) 3^CH2>sr~〇^^"^C^0;~"^H^~0^CH2)fir〇^= (III- 20) 3-°

Vx -(CH^Vx -(CH^

-fCH2)sr〇-fCH2)sr〇

I (III-21) _^〇-(CH2)sr (III—22) 78 320352 200909413 Q-iCH^RrO-I (III-21) _^〇-(CH2)sr (III-22) 78 320352 200909413 Q-iCH^RrO-

(III-23) 3^(〇H^c>〇^q.K>^CH2)^ N〇2 3-chch^-ς^ 〇 (III-24) (III- 25) (III-26) (III-27) (III-Z8) (III-29) 79 320352 200909413 -(CH2)firCH3 —^~°·(〇Η2)β~·丨 j-OlCHsJsr-O』。-(cHzfer〇O-^Q_^~〇"°~ eJ^-(CH2)jir〇-{3^_^^~0_CN 3^(CH2)fiT°(III-23) 3^(〇H^c>〇^q.K>^CH2)^ N〇2 3-chch^-ς^ 〇(III-24) (III-25) (III-26) ( III-27) (III-Z8) (III-29) 79 320352 200909413 -(CH2)firCH3 —^~°·(〇Η2)β~·丨j-OlCHsJsr-O』. -(cHzfer〇O-^Q_^~〇"°~ eJ^-(CH2)jir〇-{3^_^^~0_CN 3^(CH2)fiT°

(CH^srCHs(CH^srCHs

=>°~=>°~

o y〇i{ :CH2)i P^sr 丨o y〇i{ :CH2)i P^sr 丨

-(CH^fir-CHj (IY-11) (IV-12) (IV- 13) (IY-14) (IV-15) (IV-16) (IV-17) (IV-18) (IV-19) (IV-20)' (IV- 21) (IV- 22) (IV-23〉. ψ (IV- 24) 80 320352 200909413 3-°-(CH2)RT〇-〇-^^_cn (v-1) (V-2) (V-3) (V— 4) J〇-(CH2〉sr〇{^~^-Q-CN (V-5) 只要是此等化合物,即可因容易製造、或因容易由市 面上的販售品取得等而佳。 針對將含有本實施形態的本化合物及液晶化合物之組 成物聚合而成的光學膜,下述說明其製造方法,以作為製 造本.實施形態的光學膜的方法之一例。 首先,在本化合物及液晶化合物中,配合必要性而混 合有機溶劑、聚合起始劑、聚合禁止劑、光增感劑、交聯 劑、整平劑等以作為組成物(以下,亦稱為本組成物),將 組成物調製成溶液。尤其是在成膜時才含有有機溶劑者係 因可使成膜變得容易而佳,聚合起始劑因具有可使所得光 學膜硬化的作用而佳。 [聚合起始劑] 本組成物通常含有用以使液晶化合物或本化合物聚合 的聚合起始劑。製造光學膜的理想方法,可舉例如使液晶 化合物或本化合物光聚合的方法。因此,聚合起始劑是以 81 320352 200909413 光聚合起始劑為佳。 光聚合起始劑可舉例如安息香類、二苯基酮類、苄基 縮酮類、α -羥基酮類、-胺基酮類、錤鹽、毓鹽等,更 具體的是可舉例如 Irgacure 907、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 651、Irgacure 819、Irgacure 250 及 Irgacure 369(以上, 全部為汽巴精化(Ciba Specialties chemicals)公司製)、 SeikuolBZ、SeikuolZ、SeikuolBEE(以上,全部為精工化 學公司製)、Kayacure BP100(日本化藥公司製)、Kayacure UVI-6992(Dow 公司製)、Adekaoptomer-SP-152、 Adekaoptomer-SP-170(以上,全部為旭電化製)等。 另外’在相對於液晶化合物與本化合物的合計為1〇〇 重量份時,通常聚合起始劑的使用量為〇. 1重量份至30重 量份,並以0.5重量份至1〇重量份為佳。只要在上述範圍 内,液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而可使本化合物聚 合0 [聚合禁止劑] 本組成物中也可含有聚合禁止劑。聚合禁止劑可舉例 如氫醌或具有烷基醚等取代基的氫醌類、丁基鄰苯二酚等 具有烷基醚等取代基的鄰苯二酚類、五倍子酚類、2, 2, 6, 6-四曱基-1-哌啶基氧基自由基等自由基補足劑、硫酚類、冷 -萘基胺類及/5-萘酚類等。 藉由含有聚合禁止劑,即可控制液晶化合物或本化合 物的聚合,而可提高所得光學膜的安定性及塗布前的液晶 組成物之女疋性。另外’在相對於液晶化合物與本化合物 82 320352 200909413 的合計為100重量份時,通常聚合禁止劑的使用量為0. 1 重量份至30重量份,並以0.5重量份至10重量份為佳。 只要在上述範圍内,液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而 可使本化合物聚合。 [光增感劑] 另外,本組成物中也可含有光增感劑。光增感劑可舉 例如咕噸酮或硫咕噸酮等咕噸酮類、蒽或具有烷基醚等取 代基的蒽類、吩噻畊或紅螢烯。 藉由使用光增感劑,即可使液晶化合物或本化合物的 聚合成為高感度。此外,在相對於液晶化合物與本化合物 的合計為10 0重量份時,通常光增感劑的使用量為0. 1重 量份至30重量份,並以0. 5重量份至10重量份為佳。只 要在上述範圍内,液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而可 使本化合物聚合。 [整平劑] 並且,本组成物中也可含有整平劑。整平劑可舉例如 放射線硬化塗料用添加劑(日本BYK Chemie製:BYK-352、 BYK-353、BYK-361N)、塗料添加劑(東麗•道康寧公司製: SH28PA ' DC11PA、ST80PA)、塗料添加劑(信越矽利光公司 製:KP32卜 KP323、X22-161A、KF6001)或氟系添加劑(大 日本油墨化學工業製:F-445、F-470、F-479)等。 藉由使用整平劑,即可使光學膜具有平滑性。並且, 可在光學膜的製造過程中,控制本組成物溶液的流動性, 或調整由液晶化合物及本化合物聚合而得的光學膜之交聯 83 320352 200909413 密度。此外,在相對於液晶化合物與本化合物的合計為100 重量份時,通常整平劑的使用量之具體數值為0. 1重量份 至30重量份,並以0.5重量份至10重量份為佳。只要在 上述範圍内,液晶化合物的配向性就不會變亂,而可使本 化合物聚合。 [有機溶劑] 本組成物中所含有的有機溶劑,係可溶解本化合物及 液晶化合物等的有機溶劑,具體上可舉例如曱醇、乙醇、 乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、甲基賽珞蘇或丁基賽珞蘇等醇 系溶劑;醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、乙二醇曱基醚醋酸酯、T-丁内酯或丙二醇甲基醚醋酸酯等酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙 基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基戊基酮或甲基異丁基酮等酮 系溶劑;戊烷、己烷或庚烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑;曱苯、二 曱苯或氯苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;乙腈、丙二醇單曱基醚、 四氳呋喃、二曱氧基乙烷、乳酸乙酯、氯仿或酚等。此等 有機溶劑可單獨使用,也可將數種組合後使用。其中,因 本實施形態的組成物之相溶性優異,也可溶解於醇、醚系 溶劑、酮系溶劑、非氯系脂肪族烴系溶劑及非氯系芳香族 烴系溶劑等,故即使不使用氯仿等鹵化烴,也可溶解而施 予塗布。 本實施形態的光學膜之波長分散特性,可依光學膜中 來自本化合物的結構單位之含有量而任意決定。在不使用 本化合物而僅使用液晶化合物時,所得的光學膜係成為顯 示正的波長分散之薄膜。而且,可藉由增加光學膜的結構 84 320352 200909413 單位中來自本化合物的結構單位之含有量,而使 Re(450)/Re(550)及 Re(650)/Re(550)變小,亦即波長分散 由正朝向負之逆波長分散的方向移動。 具體上,使Re(450)/Re(550)等變小、且使波長分散 由正朝向負之逆波長分散的方向移動之方法,就含有本化 合物與液晶化合物的組成物而言,只要調製源自本化合物 的結構單位之含有量不同的組成物大約2至5種後,對各 組成物以後述的方式製得相同厚度之光學膜,並求得所得 光學膜之相位差值,由該結果求得來自本化合物之結構單 位之含有量與光學膜之相位差值的相關性’即可由所得之 相關關係來決定為了供應上述膜厚的光學膜所要求之相位 差值時,所需要的來自本化合物之結構單位的含有量。 本組成物中本化合物及液晶化合物之重量比率,在相 對於本化合物及液晶化合物之合計量為100重量份時,,本 化合物的合計重量通常為1至50重量份’並以1至30重 量份時為佳。當其為1重量份以上時,則因使波長分散明 顯的由正朝負的逆方向移動而佳,當其在5 0重量份以下 時,可安定地獲得混合物之液晶層,當其在30重量份以下 時,即因可廉價地調製成光學膜而佳。 本組成物的黏度係調整至易於塗布的程度,通常是在 10Pa · s以下,並以大約〇. 1至7Pa · s為佳。 另外,本組成物溶液中的固形份濃度通常為5至5 0重 量%。當固形份的濃度為5重量%以上時,即不會使光學 膜變得太薄,在液晶面板的光學補償上有可提供必要的光 85 320352 200909413 學異方性之傾向。另外,當其在5Q重量糾τ時, 述此。/奋液的黏度低,故有不易使光學膜的膜厚產生 稱的傾向而佳。 +习 接者,將本組成物溶液塗布在支擇基材,使其 聚。後,即可在支撐基材上得到所要求的光學膜。’、 只要本化合物中所含的P1及液晶化合物中所 合性基是光聚合性,即可照射可見光、紫外光、雷射光尊 光後使其硬化;只要該聚合性基是熱聚合性 = 熱而使其聚合。 」、,二由加 從成膜性之觀點,以光聚合者為佳,而以處理 點而言,則以經由紫外光聚合者尤佳。 嬈 聚合時’為了使成膜性提高,溶劑的乾燥 在光聚合則幾乎使溶劑乾_獲得未聚合膜者為佳= 外,在為熱聚合時,通常雖然可以同時進行乾燥:聚入 但以在聚合前幾乎使溶劑乾燥而得到未聚合膜後再聚ς 方法,因有使成膜性優異之傾向而佳。 5 乾法可舉例如自然乾燥、通風乾燥、減麗 乾W方法。具體上的加熱溫度是以1〇幻 以ft時更佳。另外,加熱時間是以1〇秒至;;: 釭為佳,而卩30秒至3〇分鐘時更佳。加熱溫度及加熱時 間只要在上述範圍内,則也可使用耐熱性並不一定充分的 支撐基材作為上述支撐基材。 對支撐基材的塗布方法,可舉例如押出塗布法、直接 凹版塗布法(direct graviacoating)、逆向凹版塗布法、 320352 86 200909413 帽式塗布法、杈具式塗布法等。此外,可列舉如使用例如 >文塗機、棒狀塗布機、旋轉塗布機等塗布機進行塗布之方 法等。 上述支撐基材只要是可在該支撐基材上形成配向膜者 即可。可舉例如破璃、塑膠薄片、塑膠薄膜及透光性膜等。 尚且,上述透光性膜可舉例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、降冰片烯 聚合物等聚烯煙膜;聚乙烯醇膜、聚對苯二曱酸乙二酯膜、 聚甲基丙烯酸酯膜、聚丙烯酸酯膜、纖維素酯膜、聚萘二 甲酸乙二酯(PEN)膜、聚碳酸酯膜、聚砜膜、聚醚砜膜、聚 醚嗣膜、聚伸笨基硫化物(0〇1叩]16]^161163111£丨如,??8) 膜、聚伸苯基氧化物膜等。 通常由含有液晶化合物及本化合物之組成物而得的光 學膜是薄膜,例如在使用本實施形態之膜之貼合步驟、實 施將膜運送或保管等之步驟等需要膜的強度的步驟中,也 可藉由使用支撐基材,而可使其不會破損等並可容易處置。 本實施形態的光學膜,最好是在支撐材料上形成配向 膜後,塗布本組成物的溶液。配向膜必須達成:具有不會 因塗布含有本組成物等的組成物的溶液而溶解的耐溶劑 性、因溶劑的去除或液晶配向的加熱處理而具有耐熱性、 不會因搓擦所致之磨擦等而產生剝離等;並且其為聚合物 或含有聚合物的配向膜用組成物。 上述聚合物可舉例如:分子内具有醯胺鍵的聚醯胺或 明膠類、分子内具有醯亞胺鍵的聚醯亞胺及其水解物的聚 醯胺酸(polyamic acid)、聚乙烯醇、烷基改質聚乙烯醇、 87 320352 200909413 聚丙烯醯胺、聚噚唑、聚乙二胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯七 啶酿I、聚丙烯酸或聚丙稀酸醋類等聚合物。此等聚人h各 單獨使用’也可混合二種以上後使用,或可形成共=可 後使用。此等聚合物可藉由脫水或脫胺等而聚縮合二物 由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合等連鎖聚合、酉5 = 合或開環聚合等而容易獲得。 -己位t-(CH^fir-CHj (IY-11) (IV-12) (IV- 13) (IY-14) (IV-15) (IV-16) (IV-17) (IV-18) (IV- 19) (IV-20)' (IV- 21) (IV- 22) (IV-23>. ψ (IV- 24) 80 320352 200909413 3-°-(CH2)RT〇-〇-^^_cn (v -1) (V-2) (V-3) (V-4) J〇-(CH2>sr〇{^~^-Q-CN (V-5) As long as it is such a compound, it can be easily manufactured. The optical film obtained by polymerizing the composition containing the present compound and the liquid crystal compound according to the present embodiment will be described below as a manufacturing method. An example of the method of the optical film of the embodiment. First, an organic solvent, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a photosensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a leveling agent, and the like are mixed in the present compound and the liquid crystal compound. The composition is prepared as a composition (hereinafter, also referred to as the present composition), and the composition is prepared into a solution, especially when the organic solvent is contained in the film formation, because the film formation can be easily formed, and the polymerization initiator is used. It has a function of hardening the obtained optical film. [Polymerization initiator] This composition is usually There is a polymerization initiator for polymerizing a liquid crystal compound or the present compound. A preferred method for producing an optical film is, for example, a method of photopolymerizing a liquid crystal compound or the present compound. Therefore, the polymerization initiator is photopolymerized at 81 320352 200909413 The photopolymerization initiator may, for example, be a benzoin, a diphenyl ketone, a benzyl ketal, an α-hydroxy ketone, an amino ketone, an onium salt, a phosphonium salt or the like, more specifically For example, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, and Irgacure 369 (all of which are manufactured by Ciba Specialties Chemical Co., Ltd.), Seikuol BZ, Seikuol Z, and Seikuol BEE (all of which are Seiko) Chemical company), Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Co., Ltd.), Adekaoptomer-SP-152, Adekaoptomer-SP-170 (all of which are manufactured by Asahi Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. When the total amount of the liquid crystal compound and the present compound is 1 part by weight, the polymerization initiator is usually used in an amount of from 0.1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, and in an amount of 0.5 part by weight. It is preferably 1 part by weight. The compounding property of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed as long as it is within the above range, and the compound can be polymerized to 0 [polymerization inhibiting agent] The composition may also contain a polymerization inhibiting agent. The polymerization inhibiting agent may, for example, be hydroquinone or a hydroquinone having a substituent such as an alkyl ether or a catechol having a substituent such as an alkyl ether such as a butyl catechol, a gallic phenol, or 2, 2, 6. A free radical make-up agent such as 6-tetradecyl-1-piperidinyloxy radical, a thiophenol, a cold-naphthylamine, and a/5-naphthol. By containing a polymerization inhibiting agent, the polymerization of the liquid crystal compound or the present compound can be controlled, and the stability of the obtained optical film and the virginity of the liquid crystal composition before coating can be improved. Further, when the total amount of the liquid crystal compound and the present compound 82 320352 200909413 is 100 parts by weight, the polymerization inhibiting agent is usually used in an amount of from 0.1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, and preferably from 0.5 part by weight to 10 parts by weight. . As long as it is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed, and the present compound can be polymerized. [Photosensitizer] Further, the composition may contain a photosensitizer. The photosensitizer may, for example, be a xanthone such as xanthone or thioxanthone, an anthraquinone or an anthracene having a substituent such as an alkyl ether, phenothimethamine or erythritol. By using a photosensitizer, polymerization of a liquid crystal compound or the present compound can be made highly sensitive. 5重量份至10重量份为。 good. As long as it is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed, and the present compound can be polymerized. [Leveling agent] Further, the composition may also contain a leveling agent. The leveling agent may, for example, be an additive for radiation hardening paint (made by BYK Chemie, Japan: BYK-352, BYK-353, BYK-361N), a coating additive (manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.: SH28PA 'DC11PA, ST80PA), and a coating additive ( Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.: KP32, KP323, X22-161A, KF6001) or fluorine-based additives (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry: F-445, F-470, F-479). The optical film can be made smooth by using a leveling agent. Further, the fluidity of the composition solution may be controlled during the production of the optical film, or the cross-linking of the optical film obtained by polymerizing the liquid crystal compound and the present compound may be adjusted 83 320352 200909413. Further, the specific value of the amount of the leveling agent used is from 0.1 part by weight to 30 parts by weight, and preferably from 0.5 part by weight to 10 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the liquid crystal compound and the present compound. . As long as it is within the above range, the alignment of the liquid crystal compound is not disturbed, and the compound can be polymerized. [Organic solvent] The organic solvent contained in the present composition is an organic solvent which can dissolve the present compound and a liquid crystal compound, and specific examples thereof include decyl alcohol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, and methyl group. Alcohol solvent such as bismuth or butyl acesulfame; ester solvent such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol decyl ether acetate, T-butyrolactone or propylene glycol methyl ether acetate; acetone, A Ketone solvents such as ketoethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl amyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane or heptane; An aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene or chlorobenzene; acetonitrile, propylene glycol monodecyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, ethyl lactate, chloroform or phenol. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of several kinds. In addition, since the composition of the present embodiment is excellent in compatibility, it can be dissolved in an alcohol, an ether solvent, a ketone solvent, a non-chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, a non-chlorinated aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, etc., so that it is not The halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform may be dissolved and applied. The wavelength dispersion characteristics of the optical film of the present embodiment can be arbitrarily determined depending on the content of the structural unit derived from the present compound in the optical film. When only the liquid crystal compound is used without using the present compound, the obtained optical film is a film which exhibits a positive wavelength dispersion. Moreover, Re(450)/Re(550) and Re(650)/Re(550) can be made smaller by increasing the content of the structural unit derived from the compound in the unit 84 320352 200909413 of the optical film. That is, the wavelength dispersion is shifted in a direction in which the reverse wavelength is being shifted toward the negative. Specifically, a method in which Re(450)/Re(550) or the like is made smaller and the wavelength dispersion is shifted in a direction toward the negative reverse wavelength dispersion is contained, and the composition of the present compound and the liquid crystal compound is contained as long as it is prepared. After about two to five kinds of compositions having different structural units derived from the present compound, an optical film of the same thickness is obtained for each composition described later, and the phase difference of the obtained optical film is determined. As a result, the correlation between the content of the structural unit of the present compound and the phase difference of the optical film is determined, and the required correlation relationship is used to determine the phase difference required for supplying the optical film of the above film thickness. The content of the structural unit derived from the present compound. In the present composition, when the weight ratio of the present compound and the liquid crystal compound is 100 parts by weight based on the total amount of the present compound and the liquid crystal compound, the total weight of the present compound is usually from 1 to 50 parts by weight 'and from 1 to 30% by weight. The time is better. When it is 1 part by weight or more, it is preferable that the wavelength dispersion is significantly shifted from the negative direction to the negative direction, and when it is 50 parts by weight or less, the liquid crystal layer of the mixture can be stably obtained when it is 30. When the amount is less than the weight, it is preferable because it can be inexpensively prepared into an optical film. The viscosity of the composition is adjusted to such an extent that it is easy to apply, usually below 10 Pa·s, and preferably from about 0.1 to 7 Pa·s. Further, the solid content concentration in the composition solution is usually from 5 to 50% by weight. When the concentration of the solid content is 5% by weight or more, the optical film is not made too thin, and the optical compensation of the liquid crystal panel can provide the necessary light 85 320352 200909413. In addition, when it is corrected for the 5Q weight, it is described. Since the viscosity of the liquid is low, it is preferable that the film thickness of the optical film is not easily generated. + The applicant applies the solution of the composition to the substrate to be aggregated. Thereafter, the desired optical film can be obtained on the support substrate. ' As long as the cation group in the P1 and the liquid crystal compound contained in the present compound is photopolymerizable, it can be irradiated with visible light, ultraviolet light, or laser light to be hardened; as long as the polymerizable group is thermally polymerizable = Heat it to polymerize. In addition, from the viewpoint of film formation, photopolymerizers are preferred, and in terms of processing points, it is particularly preferable to be polymerized by ultraviolet light. In the case of hydrazine polymerization, in order to improve the film formability, it is preferable to dry the solvent in the photopolymerization, and it is preferable to obtain a non-polymerized film. In the case of thermal polymerization, it is usually possible to simultaneously dry: It is preferable to dry the solvent almost before the polymerization to obtain an unpolymerized film and then to polymerize the film, which is preferable because it has excellent film formability. 5 The dry method may be, for example, natural drying, ventilating and drying, and drying and drying. The specific heating temperature is preferably 1 〇 ft in ft. In addition, the heating time is 1 sec to;;: 釭 is better, and 卩 30 sec to 3 〇 min is better. When the heating temperature and the heating time are within the above range, a supporting substrate which is not necessarily sufficiently heat resistant may be used as the supporting substrate. The coating method of the support substrate may, for example, be an extrusion coating method, a direct gravia coating method, a reverse gravure coating method, a 320352 86 200909413 cap coating method, a cooker coating method, or the like. Further, a method of applying the coating using a coater such as a >coating machine, a bar coater, or a spin coater can be mentioned. The support substrate may be any one that can form an alignment film on the support substrate. For example, glass, plastic sheets, plastic films, and translucent films can be mentioned. Further, the light-transmitting film may, for example, be a polyvinylidene film such as polyethylene, polypropylene or a norbornene polymer; a polyvinyl alcohol film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polymethacrylate film, or the like; Polyacrylate film, cellulose ester film, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film, polycarbonate film, polysulfone film, polyether sulfone film, polyether ruthenium film, poly-stranded sulfide (0〇 1叩]16]^161163111£丨如,??8) Membrane, polyphenylene oxide film, etc. In general, an optical film obtained by including a liquid crystal compound and a composition of the present compound is a film. For example, in the step of using the film bonding step of the embodiment, the step of transporting or storing the film, and the like, the strength of the film is required. It is also possible to use a supporting substrate so that it can be prevented from being damaged or the like and can be handled easily. In the optical film of the present embodiment, it is preferable to apply a solution of the composition after forming an alignment film on a support material. The alignment film must have heat resistance which is not dissolved by a solution containing a composition containing the composition or the like, heat treatment due to removal of a solvent or liquid crystal alignment, and is not caused by rubbing. Scraping or the like causes peeling or the like; and it is a polymer or a composition for an alignment film containing a polymer. The polymer may, for example, be a polyamine or a gelatin having a guanamine bond in the molecule, a polyimine having a quinone bond in the molecule, and a polyamic acid or a polyvinyl alcohol having a hydrolyzate thereof. , alkyl modified polyvinyl alcohol, 87 320352 200909413 polypropylene decylamine, polycarbazole, polyethylene diamine, polystyrene, polyethylene heptaidine brewing I, polyacrylic acid or polyacrylic acid vinegar and other polymers. These gatherers h may be used singly or in combination of two or more types, or may be used in combination. These polymers can be easily obtained by dehydration, deamination or the like and polycondensation of the two groups by chain polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization or the like, chain polymerization, 酉5 = or ring-opening polymerization. - own place t

此外’此等聚合物可溶解於溶劑中後再予塗布。 溶劑並無特別的限制,但具體上可舉例如水'甲醇、’ ^二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、甲基賽珞蘇、丁基賽路蘇醇、 系溶劑;醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、乙二醇甲基醚醋酸酯、: 丁内酯、丙二醇甲基醚醋酸酯等酯系溶劑;丙_、曱爲7 基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、曱基戊基酮、曱基異丁基_= 系溶劑;戊烷、己烷、庚烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑;甲笨'、 甲苯·、氯苯等芳香族烴系溶劑;乙腈、.丙二醇單甲基蜒 四氫呋喃、二曱氧基乙烷、乳酸乙酯、氯仿等。此等有:“ 溶劑可單獨使用’也可將數種組合後使用。 機 另外,為了形成配向膜,也可直接使用市售的配 材料。市售的配向膜材料可舉例如SUNEVER(註冊商椁。,膜 產化學公司製)、0PTMER(註冊商標,JSR製)等。 只要使用此等配向膜,因不須藉由延伸來控制折射 率’故可使雙折射的面内分散變小。因此,實現在支撐基 材上可提供亦能對應於FPD之大型化的大型光學膜之效 果。 、 關於在上述支撐基材上形成配向膜的方法,例如可將 320352 88 200909413 市售的配向膜材料或作為配@ 並塗布在支樓基材上之後,藉 撑基材上形成配向膜。 膜材料之化合物作成溶液, 由退火(anneal)而在上述支 由此而得的配向膜之厚*,、s a *,Λ 年度,通常為1〇咖至10,000nm, 並以⑽mn至UGGmn為佳。只要在上述範圍内,即 後述的未聚合膜之調製㈣巾,使具有本化合物及液曰化Further, these polymers can be applied after being dissolved in a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited, but specifically, for example, water 'methanol, '^diol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, methyl cyproterone, butyl racereol, a solvent; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate , Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ester solvent such as butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate; C-, hydrazine is 7-ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, decyl amyl ketone, hydrazine a base-isobutyl _= solvent; an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent such as pentane, hexane or heptane; an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene or chlorobenzene; acetonitrile, propylene glycol monomethyl hydrazine tetrahydrofuran, Dimethoxyethane, ethyl lactate, chloroform, and the like. These include: "The solvent can be used alone" or a combination of several kinds. In addition, in order to form an alignment film, a commercially available material can be used as it is. Commercially available alignment film materials include, for example, SUNEVER (Registry)膜., manufactured by Membrane Chemical Co., Ltd., 0PTMER (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR), etc. As long as these alignment films are used, the in-plane dispersion of birefringence can be made small by not controlling the refractive index by stretching. Therefore, it is possible to provide an effect of a large-sized optical film which can also correspond to an increase in size of the FPD on the support substrate. Regarding a method of forming an alignment film on the above-mentioned support substrate, for example, an alignment film commercially available from 320352 88 200909413 can be used. After the material is applied as a matching @ and coated on the substrate of the support, an alignment film is formed on the substrate. The compound of the film material is used as a solution, and the thickness of the alignment film obtained by annealing is obtained by the annealing* , sa *, 年度 annual, usually from 1 〇 to 10,000 nm, and preferably from (10) mn to UGGmn. As long as it is within the above range, the preparation of the unpolymerized film (4), which will be described later, has the present compound and liquid liquefaction.

合物的膜層,在該配向膜上配向成所要求的角声。M 另^此等配向膜可配合必要性而進行搓ς或偏光uv 照射。错此’即可使具有本化合物及液晶化合物的膜層配 向成所要求的方向。 配向膜的搓擦方法,可使用例如將已纏捲有搓捧布且 正在旋轉中的搓擦滾輪承载在抬(stage)上,並使其接近正 在被運送中的配向膜之方法。 '[未聚合膜之調製步驟] . 調製未聚合膜之步驟,可列舉例如:在任何支撐基材 上將本組成物的溶液塗布在配向膜上,使其乾燥後,獲得 具有本化合物及液晶化合物的膜(以下,有時亦稱為未聚合 膜)之方法;製作液晶槽後,將液晶化合物注入該液晶槽的 方法等。尤其是在支撐基材上積層的配向膜上獲得未聚合 膜之方法,係由於可降低生產成本,且可生產滾輪膜之膜 而佳0 當所得的未聚合膜顯示向列相(nematic phase)等液 晶相時,可具有因單疇區(monodomain)配向所致的雙折射 性。由於此未聚合膜是在大約〇至120°C (最好是在25至 89 320352 200909413 80°C的低溫)中配向,故在作為配向膜時,可使用並不一定 充分具有如上述所例示的对熱性之支#基材,配向後即使 再冷卻至大約30至10°C,也不會結晶。 [未聚合膜之聚合步驟] 在未聚合膜之聚合步驟中,是將上述未聚合膜的調製 步驟中所得之未聚合膜聚合後,使其硬化。由此,即可使 具有來自本化合物的結構單位及來自液晶化合物的結構單 位之膜層(以下,有時亦稱為液晶層)的配向性固定,而成 為由液晶層、配向膜及支撐基材積層而成的光學膜。因此, 可製造出液晶層的平面方向之折射率變化小,且液晶層的 法線方向之折射率變化大的光學膜。 使未聚合膜聚合的方法,是配合液晶化合物及本化合 物的種類而決定。例如,可藉由光聚合或熱聚合而使上述 未聚合膜聚合。在本實施形態中,尤其以藉由光聚合而使 未聚合膜聚合者為佳。依照此方法,因是在低溫中使未聚 合膜聚合,而可使支撐基材的耐熱性之選擇幅度更廣。同 時,也使工業化製造變得容易。 使未聚合膜光聚合的方法,可舉例如藉由照射紫外線 於未聚合膜而使未聚合膜聚合的方法等。 如此一來,所得的光學膜即可不須使用液晶高分子而 製得。 在未聚合膜之聚合步驟中,可藉由光聚合而使本化合 物及液晶化合物交聯。因此,可顯現出不易因熱所致之雙 折射率的變化而受影響之效果。 90 320352 200909413 另外,在所得的光學膜上也可不需使用界面活性劑 表面處理劑。換言之,本實施形態的光學膜中使用之w 膜,因支撐基材與配向膜之間的密著性及配向膜與光^向 之間的密著性良好,而可容易製得光學膜。 予膜 並且,本實施形態的光學膜在與為延伸膜且具有同-之相位差值的膜比較時,通常是薄膜。 等 繼上述步驟之後,也可含有剝離支撐基材的步驟。 由製成如此之構成而得的膜,是由配向膜及液晶層所 g 之光學膜。 θ 成The film layer of the compound is aligned on the alignment film to a desired angular sound. M Another such alignment film can be used for 搓ς or polarized uv irradiation in accordance with the necessity. In this case, the film layer having the present compound and the liquid crystal compound can be aligned in a desired direction. The wiping method of the alignment film can be carried out, for example, by carrying a rubbing roller which has been wound up with a twisted cloth and being rotated, on a stage and bringing it closer to the alignment film being conveyed. '[Modulation step of unpolymerized film]. The step of preparing the unpolymerized film may be, for example, applying a solution of the composition onto an alignment film on any supporting substrate, and drying the solution to obtain the present compound and liquid crystal. A method of a film of a compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an unpolymerized film); a method of injecting a liquid crystal compound into the liquid crystal cell after the liquid crystal cell is formed, and the like. In particular, a method of obtaining an unpolymerized film on an alignment film laminated on a support substrate is because the production cost can be reduced, and a film of the roller film can be produced, and the obtained unpolymerized film exhibits a nematic phase. When the liquid crystal phase is equal, it may have birefringence due to monodomain alignment. Since the unpolymerized film is aligned at about 〇 to 120 ° C (preferably at a low temperature of 25 to 89 320 352 2009094 13 80 ° C), it may be used as an alignment film and may not necessarily have sufficient exemplification as described above. The base of the heat-resistant substrate is not crystallized even after cooling to about 30 to 10 ° C after the alignment. [Polymerization Step of Unpolymerized Film] In the polymerization step of the unpolymerized film, the unpolymerized film obtained in the preparation step of the above unpolymerized film is polymerized and then cured. Thereby, the alignment of the film layer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a liquid crystal layer) having a structural unit derived from the present compound and a structural unit derived from the liquid crystal compound can be fixed, and the liquid crystal layer, the alignment film, and the support group can be obtained. An optical film made of layers. Therefore, an optical film having a small refractive index change in the planar direction of the liquid crystal layer and a large refractive index change in the normal direction of the liquid crystal layer can be produced. The method of polymerizing the unpolymerized film is determined by the type of the liquid crystal compound and the compound. For example, the above unpolymerized film can be polymerized by photopolymerization or thermal polymerization. In the present embodiment, in particular, it is preferred that the unpolymerized film is polymerized by photopolymerization. According to this method, since the unpolymerized film is polymerized at a low temperature, the heat resistance of the support substrate can be selected to a wider extent. At the same time, industrial manufacturing is also made easy. The method of photopolymerizing the unpolymerized film may, for example, be a method of polymerizing an unpolymerized film by irradiating ultraviolet rays onto an unpolymerized film. In this way, the obtained optical film can be obtained without using a liquid crystal polymer. In the polymerization step of the unpolymerized film, the compound and the liquid crystal compound can be crosslinked by photopolymerization. Therefore, it is possible to exhibit an effect that it is hard to be affected by the change in the birefringence due to heat. 90 320352 200909413 Further, it is not necessary to use a surfactant surface treatment agent on the obtained optical film. In other words, in the w film used in the optical film of the present embodiment, the adhesion between the support substrate and the alignment film and the adhesion between the alignment film and the optical direction are good, and the optical film can be easily obtained. Prefilming The optical film of the present embodiment is usually a film when compared with a film having a phase difference of the same film as the stretched film. After the above steps, the step of peeling off the support substrate may also be included. The film obtained by such a constitution is an optical film composed of an alignment film and a liquid crystal layer g. θ into

此外,除了剝離上述支撐基材的步驟之外,也可含有 剝離配向膜的步驟。所得的光學膜不含有支撐基材或配向 膜,而是由來自本化合物的結構單位及來自液晶化合物的 結構單位所構成的膜,亦即只是由液晶層所構成的光學膜。 、曲尚且,在適度調整塗布本組成物時的量或有機溶劑的 濃度之後,即可調製成能提供所要求的相位差值之膜厚。 本貫㈣的光學膜之相位差值(re1;ardatiQn ,Further, in addition to the step of peeling off the above-mentioned supporting substrate, a step of peeling off the alignment film may be contained. The obtained optical film does not contain a supporting substrate or an alignment film, but is a film composed of a structural unit derived from the present compound and a structural unit derived from a liquid crystal compound, that is, an optical film composed only of a liquid crystal layer. Further, after appropriately adjusting the amount of the composition or the concentration of the organic solvent, the film thickness can be adjusted to provide a desired retardation value. The phase difference of the optical film (re1; ardatiQn,

Re⑴)因可如式(6)而決定,故欲求得所期望之Re⑴ 叫·’只須調整膜厚d即可..。Re(1)) can be determined as in equation (6), so it is only necessary to adjust the film thickness d to obtain the desired Re(1).

Re(A)=dxAn(A) (6) (式中Re(A)表示波長又咖時的相位差值,d表示膜厚, △ n(;l)表示;Inm時的折射率異方性)。 本實施形態的光學膜中之液晶層之膜厚,宜為(M至 1_,就使光彈性變小之觀點而言,則以Q5至_時 更佳。 320352 91 200909413 在使用配向膜而具有雙折射性時,通常相位差值大約 為50至500nm,並以100至300nm時為佳。 藉由使用具有這種光學特性之膜,即可使所有的液晶面 板或有機EL等平面顯示器以薄膜進行需要逆波長分散的 光學補償。 由此而得的光學膜係透明性優異,可使用作為各種顯 示器用的薄膜。例如,為了使本實施形態的光學膜使用作 為廣頻帶域的λ /4板或λ/2板時,只須適當選擇來自本化 合物的結構單位之含有量後,依照式(6),調整液晶層之膜 厚以使液晶層之膜厚即可。具體上,在為又/ 4板時,只要 調整液晶層之膜厚以使所得的光學膜之Re(550)為113至 163nm即可,並以135至140nm為佳,而更好的是大約 137. 5nm ;在為λ/2板時,只要調整液晶層之膜厚以使所 得的光學膜之Re(550)為250至300nm即可,並以273至 277nm為佳,而更好的是大約275mn。 在使用本實施形態的光學膜作為垂直配向(VA, vertical alingment)模式用光學膜時,只須適當選擇來自 本化合物的結構單位之含有量,依照式(6),調整液晶層的 膜厚即可。具體上,宜調整膜厚至使Re(550)為40至lOOnm 即可,並以大約為60至80nm時更佳。 本實施形態的光學膜可廣泛使用作為具有優異波長分 散特性之光學膜。上述光學膜可舉例如防反射(AR)膜等防 反射膜、偏光膜、相位差膜、楕圓偏光膜、擴大視角膜、 及穿透型液晶顯示器的視角補償用光學補償膜等。此外, 92 320352 200909413 雖然本實施形態的光學膜即使只有一片也可顯示優異的光 學特性,但也可以積層數片。 另外,也可與其他的膜組合。具體上’可舉例如在偏 光膜上貼合本實施形態的光學膜而成的楕圓偏光板、再在 該楕圓偏光板上將本實施形態的光學膜作為廣頻帶域的λ /4板而貼合成的廣頻帶域圓偏光板等。 並且’只要添加少量的本化合物,即可使光學膜中的Re(A)=dxAn(A) (6) (wherein Re(A) represents the phase difference of the wavelength and the time of the coffee, d represents the film thickness, Δ n(;l) represents; the refractive index anisotropy at Inm ). The film thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the optical film of the present embodiment is preferably (M to 1 Å, and it is more preferable to use Q5 to _ from the viewpoint of reducing photoelasticity. 320352 91 200909413 In the case of birefringence, the phase difference is usually about 50 to 500 nm, and preferably 100 to 300 nm. By using a film having such optical characteristics, all liquid crystal panels or organic EL and other flat display can be made into a film. Optical compensation for reverse wavelength dispersion is required. The optical film thus obtained is excellent in transparency and can be used as a film for various displays. For example, the optical film of the present embodiment is used as a λ /4 plate in a wide-band domain. Or in the case of a λ/2 plate, it is only necessary to appropriately select the content of the structural unit derived from the present compound, and then adjust the film thickness of the liquid crystal layer to increase the film thickness of the liquid crystal layer according to the formula (6). Specifically, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ For λ/2 plate, just adjust the film thickness of the liquid crystal layer to The Re (550) of the obtained optical film may be 250 to 300 nm, preferably 273 to 277 nm, and more preferably about 275 nm. The optical film of the present embodiment is used as a vertical alignment (VA, vertical alingment). When the optical film for the mode is used, it is only necessary to appropriately select the content of the structural unit derived from the present compound, and the film thickness of the liquid crystal layer may be adjusted according to the formula (6). Specifically, the film thickness should be adjusted so that Re (550) is 40. The optical film of the present embodiment can be widely used as an optical film having excellent wavelength dispersion characteristics. The optical film may, for example, be an antireflection (AR) film or the like. A film, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a circularly polarizing film, an enlarged viewing angle film, and an optical compensation film for viewing angle compensation of a transmissive liquid crystal display, etc. 92 320352 200909413 Although the optical film of the present embodiment has only one sheet Although excellent optical characteristics are shown, a plurality of sheets may be laminated. Alternatively, it may be combined with another film. Specifically, for example, a circular film in which the optical film of the present embodiment is bonded to a polarizing film may be used. In the light-emitting plate, the optical film of the present embodiment is used as a wide-band circular polarizing plate which is bonded to a λ /4 plate in a wide-band domain, and the like, and by adding a small amount of the present compound, In the optical film

Re(450)/Re(550)之值降低,結果即可以簡便的方法調製已 減少相位差值的波長依賴性之光學膜。 關於本實施形態中的膜,也可利用在反射型液晶顯示 器及有機電激發光(EL)顯示器的相位差板、以及具備該相 位差板或上述光學膜的平面顯示裝置。上述平面顯示裝置 也亚無特別的限定,可舉例如液晶顯示裝置acD)或有機電 激發光(EL)。. 如此, 考量。例如 本實施形態相關的膜係可有如此廣範圍的用途 一里。1 ,其中,針對有關由本實施形態的光學膜及偏 光膜積層而成的偏光板、以及具備該偏光板的平面 置說明如下。 衣 本貫施形恕的偏光板是具有偏光機能的膜,亦即在偏The value of Re(450)/Re(550) is lowered, and as a result, a wavelength-dependent optical film having a reduced phase difference can be easily prepared. The film of the present embodiment may be a phase difference plate of a reflective liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence (EL) display, and a flat display device including the phase difference plate or the optical film. The above flat display device is also not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a liquid crystal display device (acD) or organic electroluminescence (EL). So, consider it. For example, the film system according to the present embodiment can have such a wide range of uses. 1. A polarizing plate in which the optical film and the polarizing film of the present embodiment are laminated, and a plane including the polarizing plate are described below. The polarizer is a film with a polarizing function, that is, it is biased.

m莰者劑或黏著劑,將前述 在以下的第1圖及第2圖之說 圖(6)中所示,可列舉如:(1) 直接貼合成的實施形態(第1圖 320352 93 200909413 (a)),(2)係使光學膜1與偏光膜層 合成的實施形態(第1圖⑻);(3)係者劑層3而貼 Γ直接貼合後,再使光學訂*偏 2 1與光學膜 /、偏光臈層2直接貼合成 的貫施形態(第1圖(c)) ; (4)係使光學膜丨與光學膜r 介由接著劑層3而貼合,再於光學膜i’切偏光膜層2 直接貼合成的實施形態(第i圖((1));及(5)係使光學膜工 與光子膜1 ;丨由接者劑層3而貼合,再使光學膜1,與偏 光膜層2介由接者劑層3’而貼合成的實施形態(第丨圖(e)) 等。 本貫施开> 態的偏光板是由偏光膜及本實施形態的光學 膜貼合而成者。至於光學膜,可使用只含有來自本化合物 之結構單位及來自液晶化合物的結構單位等之層(亦即只 為液晶層),也可使用由支撐基材、配向膜及液晶層所構成 的光學膜·.,以及由配向膜及液晶層所構成的光學膜等。 本實施形態的偏光板也可積層數層的光學膜,該數層 的光學膜可全部使用同一種,也可將不同種組合後使用。 更具體的說明時,則本實施形態的偏光板可例示如第2圖 (a) 至(k)中所示的組成。 在第2圖(a)至(e)中,是使用由液晶層11或液晶層 11’與配向膜層12或配向膜層12’所構成的膜,作為光 學膜1及光學膜Γ 。第2圖(a)至(e),分別為:光學膜1 與偏光膜層2直接貼合而成的組成(第2圖(a));光學膜1 與偏光膜層2介由接著劑層3而貼合成的組成(第2圖 (b) );光學膜1及光學膜Γ直接貼合,再使光學膜1’與 94 320352 200909413 扁光臈層2直接貼合成的組成(第2圖(c));光學膜1及光 予膜1 "由接著劑層3而貼合,再於光學膜1,上使偏光 膜層2直接貼合成的組成(第2圖(d));及光學膜1及光學 膜1介由接著劑層3而貼合,再使光學膜1,與偏光膜層 2介由接著劑層3’而貼合成的組成(第2圖&))。 曰另外,在第2圖⑴及(g)中,是使用由液晶層u或液 曰曰層11所構成的膜來作為光學膜1及光學膜丨,,在光 學膜1中未含有配向膜層12或配向膜層12,。此外,在 第2圖⑴中,光學膜!與偏光膜層2是介由一對之接著劑 層3而貼合。另一方面,在第2圖(g)中,光學膜}及光學 膜1,是介由接著劑層3㈣合,並且在其外側介由接著 劑層3’而貼合偏光膜層2。 ★第2圖⑹表示與第2圖⑴同樣的結構。但是,不同 於第2圖⑴之處,膜丨是使用由切基材13、形成在支 撐基材13的表面上之配向膜層12、與形成在配向膜層a 的表面上之液晶層11所構成的積層體(膜)。 第2圖⑴表示與第2圖(g)同樣的結構。但是,不同 =第2圖⑻之處’光學膜丨或光學訂是使用含有支撐 ^㈣或支縣材13’、形成在切基材13或支撐基材 的表面上之配向膜層12或配向膜層12,、盘形 配向膜層12或配向膜層12,的表面上之液晶们 層11’的積層體(膜)。 日 樣的結構。但是, 是使用由液晶層 第2圖(j)及(k)表示與第2圖(g)同 在二片膜之中,第2圖(j)中的光學膜1, 320352 95 200909413 1 Γ所構成的膜,光學膜1是使用由液晶層11、配向膜層 12及支撐基材13所構成的膜。另外,第2圖(k)中的光學 膜Γ是使用由液晶層11’ 、配向膜層12及支撐基材13 所構成的膜,光學膜1是使用由液晶層11所構成的膜。 偏光膜層只要是具有偏光機能的膜即可,可舉例如使 聚乙烯醇系膜吸附碘或二色性色素後而延伸的膜、或是延 伸聚乙烯醇系膜後吸附碘或二色性色素之膜等。 可使用於接著劑層3及接著劑層3’的接著劑,以透 明性高且耐熱性優異的接著劑為佳。至於這種接著劑,可 使用例如丙烯酸系、環氧系或聚胺曱酸酯(PU)系接著劑等。 另外,在偏光膜中,如同第1圖(c)至第1圖(e)所示, 光學膜也可配合必要性而貼合1層至3層。 本實施形態的平面顯示裝置(F P D)是具備本實施形態 的光學膜者,可舉例如:具備已貼合本實施形態的偏光膜 與液晶面板的液晶面板之液晶顯不裝置(LCD ),或具備已貼 合本實施形態的偏光膜與發光層的有機電激發光面板之有 機電激發光(EL)顯示裝置。 本實施形態相關的FPD之實施形態,以下針對LCD及 EL詳細說明。 [LCD] LCD可舉例如具備第3圖中所示的液晶面板之LCD等。 LCD是使本實施形態的偏光膜4與液晶面板6介由接著層5 而貼合成者。依照上述組成,使用圖中未顯示的電極,在 液晶面板施加電壓後,驅動液晶分子,即可表現光快門之 96 320352 200909413 效果。 [EL] ρτ望 具備第4圖中所示的有機電激發光面极之 專。上述有機電激發光面板是使本實施形態的光學膜 4、發光層7介由接著層5而貼合成者。 、 、上述有機電激發光面板中的光學膜4具有作為廣頻 域圓偏光板的機能。另外’上述發光層7是由導電性有 化合物所構成的至少一層之層。 你 實施例 以下,藉由實施例更詳細的說明本發明。 <聚合性化合物(1-1)的製造例> 以下表示聚合性化合物(丨_丨)的合成例Examples of the above-mentioned first and second figures (6) include (1) an embodiment in which direct bonding is carried out (Fig. 1 320352 93 200909413). (a)), (2) an embodiment in which the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer are combined (Fig. 1 (8)); (3) the agent layer 3 is attached directly to the film, and then the optical alignment is performed. 2 1 is a direct application form in which the optical film/the polarizing layer 2 is directly bonded (Fig. 1 (c)); (4) the optical film 丨 and the optical film r are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3, and then An embodiment in which the optical film i'-cut polarizing film layer 2 is directly bonded to each other (Fig. i ((1)); and (5) is such that the optical film and the photonic film 1 are bonded together by the carrier layer 3; Further, the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are bonded to each other via an adapter layer 3' (Fig. (e)). The polarizing plate of the present embodiment is made of a polarizing film. The optical film of the present embodiment is bonded together. As the optical film, a layer containing only a structural unit derived from the present compound and a structural unit derived from a liquid crystal compound (that is, a liquid crystal layer only) may be used. support An optical film composed of a material, an alignment film, and a liquid crystal layer, and an optical film composed of an alignment film and a liquid crystal layer. The polarizing plate of the present embodiment may have a plurality of optical films laminated thereon, and the optical film of the plurality of layers may be laminated. The same type may be used in combination, or different types may be used in combination. More specifically, the polarizing plate of the present embodiment can be exemplified as shown in Figs. 2(a) to (k). In the drawings (a) to (e), a film composed of the liquid crystal layer 11 or the liquid crystal layer 11' and the alignment film layer 12 or the alignment film layer 12' is used as the optical film 1 and the optical film 。. a) to (e) are respectively a composition in which the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are directly bonded together (Fig. 2(a)); the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are pasted via the adhesive layer 3 Synthetic composition (Fig. 2(b)); the optical film 1 and the optical film Γ are directly bonded together, and the optical film 1' is directly bonded to the 94 320352 200909413 flat light layer 2 (Fig. 2(c) The optical film 1 and the photo-adhesive film 1 " are bonded together by the adhesive layer 3, and the polarizing film layer 2 is directly bonded to the optical film 1 (Fig. 2 (d)); The film 1 and the optical film 1 are bonded together via the adhesive layer 3, and the optical film 1 and the polarizing film layer 2 are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer 3' (Fig. 2 &). Further, in FIGS. 2(1) and 1(g), a film composed of the liquid crystal layer u or the liquid helium layer 11 is used as the optical film 1 and the optical film, and the optical film 1 does not contain an alignment film. Layer 12 or alignment film layer 12,. In addition, in Figure 2 (1), the optical film! The polarizing film layer 2 is bonded to each other via a pair of adhesive layers 3. On the other hand, in Fig. 2(g), the optical film} and the optical film 1 are bonded via the adhesive layer 3 (four), and the polarizing film layer 2 is bonded to the outside via the adhesive layer 3'. ★ Fig. 2 (6) shows the same configuration as Fig. 2 (1). However, unlike the second figure (1), the film is formed by the cut substrate 13, the alignment film layer 12 formed on the surface of the support substrate 13, and the liquid crystal layer 11 formed on the surface of the alignment film layer a. A laminate (film) formed. Fig. 2 (1) shows the same configuration as Fig. 2 (g). However, the difference = Fig. 2 (8) where the 'optical film 丨 or optical alignment is to use the alignment film layer 12 or alignment containing the support ^ (4) or the branch material 13' formed on the surface of the cut substrate 13 or the support substrate. A layered body (film) of the liquid crystal layer 11' on the surface of the film layer 12, the disk-shaped alignment film layer 12 or the alignment film layer 12. The structure of the day. However, it is represented by the liquid crystal layer (Fig. 2(j) and (k) and the second image (g) in the two films, the optical film 1 in Fig. 2 (j), 320352 95 200909413 1 Γ In the film formed, the optical film 1 is a film composed of the liquid crystal layer 11, the alignment film layer 12, and the support substrate 13. Further, in the optical film 第 in Fig. 2(k), a film composed of the liquid crystal layer 11', the alignment film layer 12, and the support substrate 13 is used, and the optical film 1 is a film composed of the liquid crystal layer 11. The polarizing film layer may be a film having a polarizing function, and may be, for example, a film obtained by adsorbing iodine or a dichroic dye on a polyvinyl alcohol film, or iodine or dichroism after stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film. Film of pigment, etc. The adhesive for the adhesive layer 3 and the adhesive layer 3' can be preferably an adhesive having high transparency and excellent heat resistance. As such an adhesive, for example, an acrylic, epoxy or polyamine phthalate (PU)-based adhesive or the like can be used. Further, in the polarizing film, as shown in Figs. 1(c) to 1(e), the optical film may be bonded to one to three layers in accordance with necessity. The flat display device (FPD) of the present embodiment is provided with the optical film of the present embodiment, and may be, for example, a liquid crystal display device (LCD) including a liquid crystal panel to which the polarizing film of the embodiment and the liquid crystal panel are bonded, or An organic electroluminescence (EL) display device having an organic electroluminescence panel to which the polarizing film and the light-emitting layer of the embodiment are bonded is provided. The embodiment of the FPD according to the present embodiment will be described in detail below with respect to the LCD and the EL. [LCD] The LCD can be, for example, an LCD having a liquid crystal panel shown in FIG. In the LCD, the polarizing film 4 and the liquid crystal panel 6 of the present embodiment are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer 5. According to the above composition, by using an electrode not shown in the figure, after the voltage is applied to the liquid crystal panel, the liquid crystal molecules are driven to express the effect of the light shutter 96 320352 200909413. [EL] ρτ望 It has the special purpose of the organic electroluminescent surface shown in Fig. 4. In the above-described organic electroluminescence panel, the optical film 4 and the light-emitting layer 7 of the present embodiment are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer 5. The optical film 4 in the above organic electroluminescence panel has a function as a wide-frequency circular polarizing plate. Further, the above-mentioned light-emitting layer 7 is a layer of at least one layer composed of a conductive compound. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples. <Production Example of Polymerizable Compound (1-1)> Synthesis Example of Polymerizable Compound (丨_丨)

(4-(6-經基己氧基)苯曱酸乙酯(PG-a)之合成例) 加入150g(0. 90mol)的4-羥基苯曱酸乙酯、;[.86g (1. 35mol)的碳酸鉀、750g的N,N-二曱基乙醯胺,並昇溫 至80 C。接者’以2小時滴下244g(l. 24mol)的6-漠己醇 之後,於80°C中攪拌2小時。冷卻後,將反應溶液注入冰 320352 97 200909413 水中’以醋酸乙g旨施以萃取。將該錯酸乙g旨相予以水洗後, 經於減壓下餾去溶劑後,可得312g的以4_(6_羥基己氧基) 苯曱酸乙酯(PG-a)為主成分的白色固體。 (4-(6-羥基己氧基)笨甲酸(pG_b)之合成例) 將命項所得之以(PG-a)為主成分之312g白色固體溶解 於曱醇中。其次’將以飽和狀態含有氫氧化鉀的甲醇溶液 (328g(5. 85mol)的氳氧化钾)滴下後,於7〇°C中擾拌8小 時。冷卻後,徐徐加入600g的36%鹽酸。一邊水洗所析出的 白色固體、一邊使其過濾分離後’於50°C減壓下使其乾燥 後,可得195g(0. 82mol)的以4-(6-羥基己氧基)苯曱酸(PG-b) 為主成分的白色固體。以(PG-a)為基準的產率為91%。 (4-(6-丙炸醯氧基己氧基)苯甲酸[(4-(6_acryloyloxyhexyloxy) benzoic acid)](PG-c)之合成例) 將已容納前項所得之以(PG-b)為主成分的195g((PG-b) 為〇. 82 mol)白色固體與208g的N,N-二甲基苯胺之容器内 取代成氮氣後’以1,4-二卩萼烷溶解之。將反應溶液昇溫至 70°C後’使I48g(l. 64mol)的丙烯醯氯於30分鐘内滴下, 並且授拌2小時。冷卻後,將反應溶液注入冰水中,以酷 酸乙酯施以萃取。將該醋酸乙酯相予以水洗後,經減壓下 餾去溶劑後,可得120g(0. 41mol)的以4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己 氧基)苯曱酸(PG_c)為主成分的白色固體。以(PG-b)為基準 的產率為91%。 (4-羥基苯曱酸乙氧基曱酯(pG-d)之合成例) 將166g(l. 2mol)的4-羥基苯甲酸、121g(l. 2mol)的三 98 320352 200909413 乙基胺與1193g的氯仿置於容器中並攪拌之。於室溫中, 使113g(l. 2mol)的氯曱基乙基醚與298g的氯仿之混合溶 液於30分鐘内滴下,並且攪拌2小時。冷卻後,將反應溶 液依水、鹽酸水溶液、碳酸鈉水溶液之順序分液清洗後, 取出有機層。將有機層於減壓下餾去溶劑後,可得251g的 以4-羥基苯甲酸乙氧基甲酯(PG-d)為主成分的黃色液體。 (4-(4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基)苄氧基)苯曱酸(PG-e)之合 成例) 在前項所得之以4-羥基苯曱酸乙氧基曱酯(PG-d)為主 成分的124g黃色液體中,加入147g(0. 50mol)前項所得的 (PG-c)之白色固體、7. 7g(63mmol)的4-二曱胺基〇比〇定、824g 的氯仿。接著使123g(0.60mol)的N,N’ -二環己基碳二亞 胺(DCC)溶解於165g的氯仿中,於室溫中滴下後,攪拌24 小時。之後,將過濾後去除固形物而得的有機層,以989g 的2N鹽酸清洗二次。將清洗後的有機層餾去溶劑,可得 237g的淡黃色液體。在所得的液體中,加入474g的乙醇 與12. 7g(50mol)的對曱苯磺酸吡啶鑌鹽,於60°C中攪拌3 小時。將該反應溶液冷卻至室溫後,因會析出白色結晶, 故在過濾後取出固形物。以乙醇將所得的固形物充分清洗 後,使其乾燥,可得180g的(4-(4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基) 苄氧基)苯甲酸(PG-e)。以(PG-c)為基準的產率為86%。 在容器中,使4· 6g(13mmol)的9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基) *、10. 7g(32mmol)的(4-(4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基)苄氧基) 苯甲酸(PG-e)、0. 3g(3mmol)的4-二曱基胺基σ比咬及107g 99 320352 200909413 的氯仿混合後,接著使5. 4g(26mmol)的Ν,Ν’ -二環己基碳 二亞胺(DCC)溶解於21g的氯仿中,於室溫中滴下後,攪拌 24小時。之後,加入107g的2N鹽酸後,過濾去除固形物, 使濾液分液後取出有機層。在所得的有機層中加入107g的 2N鹽酸,將分液洗淨後,餾去溶劑,加入甲醇,可得固形 物。以甲醇將所得的固形物充分清洗後,可得8. 6g淡黃色 固體的聚合性化合物(1-1)。以9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐為 基準的產率為58%。 <聚合性化合物(1-2)的製造例> 聚合性化合物(1-2)的結構如下述。以下表示其合成例。(Synthesis example of ethyl 4-(6-carbylhexyloxy) benzoate (PG-a)) 150 g (0.90 mol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate; [.86 g (1. 35 mol) of potassium carbonate, 750 g of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, and the temperature was raised to 80 C. The receiver was dropped 244 g (1.44 mol) of 6-isohexanol in 2 hours, and then stirred at 80 ° C for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was poured into ice 320352 97 200909413 in water by extraction with acetic acid. After the solvent was washed with water, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give 312 g of 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid ethyl ester (PG-a) as a main component. White solid. (Synthesis example of 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy) benzoic acid (pG_b)) 312 g of a white solid obtained as a main component of (PG-a) obtained by the life-span was dissolved in decyl alcohol. Next, a methanol solution (328 g (5.85 mol) of potassium pentoxide) containing potassium hydroxide in a saturated state was dropped, and then spoiled at 7 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling, 600 g of 36% hydrochloric acid was slowly added. 195 g (0. 82 mol) of 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid was obtained by washing the white solid precipitated with water and separating it by filtration and drying at 50 ° C under reduced pressure. (PG-b) A white solid based on the main component. The yield based on (PG-a) was 91%. (Synthesis example of (4-(6-acryloyloxyhexyloxy) benzoic acid) (PG-c)) The (PG-b) obtained in the preceding paragraph is 195 g of the main component ((PG-b) is 〇. 82 mol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane after being replaced with nitrogen in a container of 208 g of N,N-dimethylaniline. After the reaction solution was warmed to 70 ° C, I48 g (1.44 mol) of acrylonitrile chloride was dropped over 30 minutes and allowed to mix for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was poured into ice water, and extracted with ethyl citrate. After the ethyl acetate phase was washed with water, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give 120 g (0.41 mol) of 4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid (PG_c). The white solid of the ingredients. The yield based on (PG-b) was 91%. (Synthesis example of ethoxylated 4-ethoxybenzoic acid ethoxylated ester (pG-d)) 166 g (1.2 mol) of 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 121 g (1.2 mol) of tri-98 320352 200909413 ethylamine and 1193 g of chloroform was placed in a container and stirred. A mixed solution of 113 g (1.2 mol) of chlorodecylethyl ether and 298 g of chloroform was added dropwise over 30 minutes at room temperature, and stirred for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was washed with water, an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and an aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and then the organic layer was taken. After the organic layer was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, 251 g (yield) of y. (Synthesis example of 4-(4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-e)) The ethoxylated 4-hydroxybenzoic acid ethoxylated ester obtained in the above paragraph ( PG-d) In a 124 g yellow liquid containing as a main component, 147 g (0.50 mol) of a white solid of (PG-c) obtained in the preceding paragraph, and 7. 7 g (63 mmol) of 4-diamine-based hydrazine were determined. 824g of chloroform. Next, 123 g (0.60 mol) of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved in 165 g of chloroform, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, the organic layer obtained by removing the solid matter after filtration was washed twice with 989 g of 2N hydrochloric acid. The washed organic layer was evaporated to give a 237 g of pale yellow liquid. To the resulting liquid, 474 g of ethanol and 12.7 g (50 mol) of pyridinium sulfonate were added and stirred at 60 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, white crystals were precipitated, so that the solid matter was taken out after filtration. The obtained solid matter was sufficiently washed with ethanol and dried to obtain 180 g of (4-(4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-e). The yield based on PG-c) was 86%. In the vessel, 4.6 g (13 mmol) of 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)*, 10.7 g (32 mmol) of (4-( 4-(6-Phenyloxyhexyloxy)benzyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-e), 0.3 g (3 mmol) of 4-dimercaptoamine σ ratio biting and 107 g 99 320352 200909413 chloroform mixture Thereafter, 5.4 g (26 mmol) of hydrazine, Ν'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved in 21 g of chloroform, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, 107 g of 2N was added. After hydrochloric acid, the solid matter was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was separated, and the organic layer was taken out. 107 g of 2N hydrochloric acid was added to the obtained organic layer, and the mixture was washed, the solvent was distilled off, and methanol was added to obtain a solid. After the obtained solid matter was sufficiently washed, 8.6 g of a pale yellow solid polymerizable compound (1-1) was obtained. The yield based on 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)indole was 58%. <Production Example of Polymerizable Compound (1-2)> Structure adhesion compound (1-2) as described below. Synthesis Example are shown as follows.

(2, 7-二硝基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐之合成例) 在容器中,使25. 0g(93mmol)的2, 7-二石肖基-9-荞酮、 87g(925mmol)的紛、0.49g(5mmol)的 3-疏基丙酸及 4. 5g 的硫酸混合後,於90°C中攪拌3小時。在已加入35g的甲 醇及70g的水之容器中加入該反應溶液時,會析出結晶。 將該結晶過濾分離後,可得24. lg(55mmol)的2,7-二硝基 -9, 9-雙(4-經基苯基)苐之黃色結晶’以2,7-二石肖基-9-第 100 320352 200909413 酮為基準的產率為59%。 除了使用前項所得的2 7~-姑| η η 第以取代9,9-雙(4-衫苯幻:錄—9,9-雙(4~經基苯基) 入μ彳、“ ^外,其餘與&lt;聚合性化 e物(1 -1)的製造例 &gt; 進行同樣 的步驟,可得11. 淡普色(Synthesis Example of 2,7-Dinitro-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene) In a container, 25.0 g (93 mmol) of 2,7-dishhosyl-9-fluorenone, 87 g (925 mmol) of a mixture of 0.49 g (5 mmol) of 3-cyanopropionic acid and 4.5 g of sulfuric acid were mixed and stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours. When the reaction solution was added to a vessel in which 35 g of methanol and 70 g of water had been added, crystals were precipitated. After the crystals were separated by filtration, 24. g (55 mmol) of 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4-pyridylphenyl)anthracene yellow crystals as 2,7-dishhosyl- 9-100 320352 200909413 The yield based on ketone is 59%. In addition to the use of the previous item, 2 7~-gu | η η is substituted for 9,9-bis (4-shirt phenyl phantom: recorded -9,9-bis (4-~ylphenyl) into μ彳, "^ The rest of the steps are the same as in the <Production Example of Polymerized E-Form (1-1)>, and 11.

固體的聚合性化合物(1_2)。以 H 乙,(一确基-9,9-雙(4_經 基苯基)第為基準的產率為64%。 〈I合性化合物(1 -3)的製造例&gt; 聚合性化合物(卜3)的結構如下述。以下表示其合成例。A solid polymerizable compound (1_2). The yield based on H, B, (yield-9,9-bis(4-diphenyl)) was 64%. <Production Example of Compound I(1 -3)&gt; Polymerizable Compound The structure of (Bu 3) is as follows. The synthesis example is shown below.

(2’ 7-二溴-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐之合成例) 將已容納 25. 0g(73mmol)的 2, 7-二溴-9-苐酮、76g (732mmol)的酚、〇.7g(7mmol)的3-巯基丙酸、3.4g的硫酸 之容器加熱至90°C後,使其熟成3小時。將此反應溶液添 加至已加入78m 1的曱醇與306g的水之容器中時,析出結 晶。將該結晶過濾分離,並以甲苯清洗後,可得31. 白 色結晶的2, 7-二溴-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)葬。以2, 7-二溴 -9-葬酮為基準的產率為84%。 (2, 7-二氰基-9, 9-雙(4-經基苯基)苐之合成例) 在容器中,使33.1运(63111111〇1)的2,7_二溴-9,9-雙(4- 101 320352 200909413 經基苯基)苐、14.2g(142mmol)的氰化銅及171ml的N,N-二甲基甲醯胺混合後,於153°C中攪拌6小時。在已加入 171ml的乙二胺與1709g的水之容器中加入該反應溶液 後,以1282ml的醋酸乙酯萃取二次,可得醋酸乙酯相。將 所得的醋酸乙酯相予以水洗之後,餾去溶劑,以乙醇進行 再結晶,取得結晶。將所得的結晶以管柱層析儀精製後, 可得6. 2g淡黃色結晶的2, 7-二氰基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基) 苐。以2,7-二溴基-9, 9-雙(4-經基苯基)苐為基準的產率 為 24%。 除了使用前項所得的2, 7-二氰基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基) 苐以取代9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐之外,其餘與&lt; 聚合性化 合物(1-1)的製造例&gt;進行同樣的步驟,可得7. 9g淡黃色 固體的聚合性化合物(1-3),以2, 7-二氰基-9, 9-雙(4-羥 基苯基)»為基準的產率為83%。 (實施例1) &lt;光學膜的製造例&gt; 在玻璃基板上塗布聚乙烯醇(聚乙烯醇1000完全皂化 型,和光純藥工業股份有限公司製)之2重量%水溶液後, 使其加熱乾燥後,可得厚度89nm的膜。接著,在表面施予 搓擦處理後,藉由旋轉塗布法將表1的組成之塗布液塗布 在已搓擦處理過的面上,以45°C乾燥1分鐘。接著,於室 溫中放置1分鐘後,以1200mJ/cm2的紫外線照射,作成膜 厚0. 98//m的光學膜。 表1中,LC242係購自BASF公司的液晶化合物,聚合 102 320352 200909413 起始劑為Irgacure 907(汽巴精化公司製),整平劑係使用 BYK361N(曰本BYK製),溶劑係使用環戊酮。另外,溶劑以 外的表中之重量%,係指以塗布液為100重量%時的固开^ 份之重量%。 【表1】 聚合性化合物(1) 液晶化合物 -------- 光聚合 起始劑 整平劑 — 溶劑 化合物 編號 (重量%) 化合物 編號 (重量%) (重量%) (重量%) ----- (重量%) 實施例1 1-2 2.6 LC242 26.4 0.9 0.1 70 實施例2 1-3 1.8 LC242 26.7 1.4 0.1 70 比較例1 一 — LC242 29.0 0.9 0.1 70 比較例2 1-1 4.0 LC242 25.0. 0.9 0.1 70 光聚合性起始劑:Irgacure 907(汽巴精化公司) 溶劑:環戊酮 &lt;波長分散特性之測定&gt; 在450nm至700nm的波長範圍中,利用測定儀 (K0BRA-WR,王子計測機器公司製)測定所得的光學膜之相 位差值後,以裝置附件程式計算出波|45〇nm的相位差值 Re(450)、波長550nm的相位差值Re(55〇)、波長65〇nm的 相位差值 Re(650)時,可知[Re(45〇)/Re(550)]=l. 059、 [Re(650)/Re(550)]=0. 966。結果如表 2 中所示。 103 320352 200909413 【表2】(Synthesis example of 2' 7-dibromo-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene) 2,7-dibromo-9-fluorenone, 76 g (732 mmol) containing 20.5 g (73 mmol) The vessel of phenol, 〇. 7 g (7 mmol) of 3-mercaptopropionic acid and 3.4 g of sulfuric acid was heated to 90 ° C and then aged for 3 hours. When the reaction solution was added to a vessel in which 78 ml of sterol and 306 g of water had been added, crystallization was precipitated. The crystals were separated by filtration and washed with toluene to obtain 31. White crystals of 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl). The yield based on 2,7-dibromo-9-burophilone was 84%. (Synthesis Example of 2,7-Dicyano-9,9-bis(4-pyridylphenyl)anthracene) In a container, 33.1 (23111111〇1) of 2,7-dibromo-9,9 - Bis(4-101 320352 200909413 phenyl) ruthenium, 14.2 g (142 mmol) of copper cyanide and 171 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 153 ° C for 6 hours. The reaction solution was added to a vessel to which 171 ml of ethylenediamine and 1709 g of water had been added, and then extracted twice with 1,282 ml of ethyl acetate to obtain an ethyl acetate phase. After the obtained ethyl acetate phase was washed with water, the solvent was distilled off and recrystallized from ethanol to obtain crystals. After the obtained crystals were purified by column chromatography, 6.2 g of pale yellow crystals of 2,7-dicyano-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)indole were obtained. The yield based on 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis(4-pyridylphenyl)indole was 24%. In addition to the 2,7-dicyano-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene obtained in the preceding paragraph, in addition to 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene, the &lt;polymerizability Production Example of Compound (1-1)&gt; The same procedure was carried out to obtain 7.9 g of a pale yellow solid polymerizable compound (1-3), which was 2,7-dicyano-9, 9-bis (4). The yield based on -hydroxyphenyl)» was 83%. (Example 1) &lt;Production Example of Optical Film&gt; A 2% by weight aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (polyvinyl alcohol 1000 completely saponified, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied to a glass substrate, and then heated. After drying, a film having a thickness of 89 nm was obtained. Next, after applying a rubbing treatment to the surface, the coating liquid of the composition of Table 1 was applied onto the wiped surface by a spin coating method, and dried at 45 ° C for 1 minute. Then, it was allowed to stand at room temperature for 1 minute, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 1200 mJ/cm 2 to form an optical film having a film thickness of 0.98 / m. In Table 1, LC242 is a liquid crystal compound available from BASF Corporation, polymerization 102 320352 200909413 The initiator is Irgacure 907 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.), the leveling agent is BYK361N (manufactured by BY本BYK), and the solvent system is used. Pentanone. Further, the weight % in the table other than the solvent means the weight % of the solid content when the coating liquid is 100% by weight. [Table 1] Polymerizable compound (1) Liquid crystal compound --- Photopolymerization initiator leveling agent - Solvent compound number (% by weight) Compound number (% by weight) (% by weight) (% by weight) ----- (% by weight) Example 1 1-2 2.6 LC242 26.4 0.9 0.1 70 Example 2 1-3 1.8 LC242 26.7 1.4 0.1 70 Comparative Example 1 I - LC242 29.0 0.9 0.1 70 Comparative Example 2 1-1 4.0 LC242 25.0. 0.9 0.1 70 Photopolymerizable starter: Irgacure 907 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals) Solvent: cyclopentanone &lt;Measurement of wavelength dispersion characteristics&gt; In the wavelength range of 450 nm to 700 nm, using a measuring instrument (K0BRA) -WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) After measuring the phase difference of the obtained optical film, the phase difference Re (450) of the wave |45 〇 nm and the phase difference Re of the wavelength of 550 nm were calculated by the device attachment program (55 〇 When the phase difference value Re (650) of the wavelength is 65 〇 nm, it is known that [Re(45〇)/Re(550)]=l. 059, [Re(650)/Re(550)]=0.966. The results are shown in Table 2. 103 320352 200909413 [Table 2]

Re(550)[nm] Re(450)/Re(550) Re(650)/Re(550) d[ //m] 實施例1 124 1.059 0. 966 0. 98 實施例2 120 1.063 0.964 1.00 比較例1 139 1.070 0.960 1.09 比較例2 112 1.069 0. 960 1.04 (實施例2) 除了使用表1的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例1同 樣的步驟製造光學膜,作成膜厚1. 00# m的光學膜。使用 測定儀(K0BRA-WR,王子計測機器公司製)測定所得的光學 膜之相位差值後,可知[Re(450)/Re(550)] = l. 063、 [Re(650)/Re(550)H). 964。結果如表 2 中所示。 (比較例1) 除了使用表1的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例1同 樣的步驟製造光學膜,作成膜厚1. 09/zm的光學膜。使用 測定儀(KOBRA-WR,王子計測機器公司製)測定所得的光學 膜之相位差值後,可知[Re(450)/Re(550)] = l. 070、 [Re(650)/Re(550)]=0. 960。結果如表 2 中所示。 (比較例2) 除了使用表1的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例1同 樣的步驟製造光學膜,作成膜厚L 的光學膜。使用 測定儀(KOBRA-WR ’王子計測機器公司製)測定所得的光學 膜之相位差值後’可知[Re(450)/Re(550) ] = 1. 069、 104 320352 200909413 [Re(650)/Re(550)&gt;0. 960。結果如表 2 中所示。 &lt;本化合物(J-3)的製造例&gt; 本化合物(J-3)為以下的結構。Re(550)[nm] Re(450)/Re(550) Re(650)/Re(550) d[ //m] Example 1 124 1.059 0. 966 0. 98 Example 2 120 1.063 0.964 1.00 Compare Example 139 1.070 0.960 1.09 Comparative Example 2 112 1.069 0. 960 1.04 (Example 2) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid of Table 1 was used to prepare a film thickness of 1.00# Optical film of m. After measuring the phase difference of the obtained optical film using a measuring instrument (K0BRA-WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.), it was found that [Re(450)/Re(550)] = l. 063, [Re(650)/Re( 550) H). 964. The results are shown in Table 2. (Comparative Example 1) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid of Table 1 was used, and an optical film having a film thickness of 1.09/zm was formed. After measuring the phase difference of the obtained optical film using a measuring instrument (KOBRA-WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.), it was found that [Re(450)/Re(550)] = l. 070, [Re(650)/Re( 550)]=0. 960. The results are shown in Table 2. (Comparative Example 2) An optical film was produced by the same procedure as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid of Table 1 was used, and an optical film having a film thickness L was formed. After measuring the phase difference of the obtained optical film using a measuring instrument (KOBRA-WR 'Men's Instruments Co., Ltd.), it is known that [Re(450)/Re(550)] = 1. 069, 104 320352 200909413 [Re(650) /Re(550)&gt;0. 960. The results are shown in Table 2. &lt;Production Example of Present Compound (J-3)&gt; The present compound (J-3) has the following structure.

(J-3) 可使用於(J-3)等中的丙烯酸酯衍生物(PG-e),是依照 以下的途徑合成。(J-3) The acrylate derivative (PG-e) which can be used in (J-3) or the like is synthesized in accordance with the following route.

HOHO

COOEt PG-a HO_(CH2)6—0COOEt PG-a HO_(CH2)6-0

COOEt PG-aCOOEt PG-a

NaOHNaOH

COOH PG-b PG-bCOOH PG-b PG-b

H〇-(CH2)6—〇H〇-(CH2)6—〇

〇-(CH2&gt;6-〇〇-(CH2&gt;6-〇

OOH PG-cOOH PG-c

HOHO

COOH CI^O^COOH CI^O^

PG-d H+ PG-c ---PG-d H+ PG-c ---

DCC (4-(6-羥基己氧基)苯甲酸乙酯(PG-a)的合成例) 105 320352 200909413 加入169g(l. 〇2mol)的4-羥基苯甲酸乙酯、211g (1. 53mol)的碳酸卸、847g的N,N-二曱基乙酿胺,並昇溫 至80T:。接著,以2小時滴下277g(l· 53mol)的6-溴化已 醇,之後於8 0 C中擾拌2小時。冷卻後,將反應溶液注入 冰水中,以醋酸乙酯萃取。將醋酸乙酯層予以水洗之後, 經餾去溶劑後,可得以4-(6-羥基己氧基)苯曱酸乙酯(PG_a) 為主成分的377g無色透明液體。 (4-(6-經基己氧基)苯甲酸(PG-b)的合成例) 在前項所得的以(PG-a)為主成分的377g之無色透明 液體中,加入905g的甲醇與181g的水後攪拌之。接著, 將2092g的以飽和狀態含有氫氧化卸之甲醇溶液(溶液中 氫氧化鉀為397g(7. 08mol))滴下後,於約7(TC中攪拌5小 時。冷卻後’徐徐加入718g的35%鹽酸。一邊水洗所析 出的白色固體、一 ·邊過滤分離,於5 0 °C的減壓下使其.乾燥 後,可得以4-(6-羥基己氧基)苯曱酸(PG-b)為主成分的 228g之白色固體。以4-羥基苯甲酸乙酯為基準的產率為 94%。 (4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基)苯曱酸(PG-c)之合成例) 將已容納前項所得的228g(0. 96mol)(PG-b)之白色固 體與244g(2.01mol)的N,N-二甲基苯胺之容器内取代成氮 氣後’以2282g的1, 4-二曙烷溶解。將反應溶液昇温至70 °C後’使173g(l. 92mol)的丙烯醯氯於30分鐘内滴下,並 且攪拌2小時。冷卻後,將反應溶液注入冰水中,加入醋 酸乙酯施以分液萃取後,取出有機層。將所得的有機層予 106 320352 200909413 以水洗之後,經減壓下餾去溶劑後,可得l〇9g(〇.37mol) 的4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基)苯甲酸(PG_C)之白色固體。以 (PG-b)為基準的產率為39%。 (4-經基苯甲酸乙氧基甲酯(PG_d)之合成例) 將166g(l. 2mol)的4-羥基苯甲酸、121g(l. 2mol)的三 乙基胺與1193g的氯仿置於容器中,並攪拌之。於室溫中, 使113g(1.2mol)的氯甲基乙基醚與298g的氯仿之混合溶 液於30分鐘内滴下,並且攪拌2小時。冷卻後,使反應溶 液依水、鹽酸水溶液、碳酸鈉水溶液之順序分液清洗後, 取出有機層。將有機層於減壓下餾去溶劑後,可得以4_羥 基苯甲酸乙氧基曱酯(PG-d)為主成分的251g黃色液體。 (4-(4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己氧基)苄氧基)苯甲酸(pG_e)之合 成例) 在前項所得的以4-羥基苯甲酸乙氧基曱酯(pG一d)為主 成分的124g的黃色液體中,加入147g(〇. 5〇111〇1)前項所得 的(PG-c)之白色固體、7. 7g(63mmol)的4-二甲基胺基吸( 淀、824g的氣仿。接者使i23g(0. 60mol)的Ν,Ν’ -二環己 基石反一亞胺(DCC)溶解於I65g的氯仿中,於室溫中滴下 後,攪拌24小時。之後’將過濾後去除固形物的有機層以 989g的2N鹽酸分液清洗二次。將清洗後的有機層餾去溶 劑,可得237g的淡黃色液體。在所得的液體中加入47勉 的乙醇與12. 7g(5Omo 1)的對甲苯石黃酸〇比唆鏽鹽,於6〇中 攪拌3小時。將該反應溶液冷卻至室溫後,因析出白色結 晶,故於過濾後取出固形物。以乙醇將所得的固形物充分 320352 107 200909413 清洗後’使其乾燥,可得18〇g的(4-(4-(6-丙烯醯氧基己 氧基)苄氧基)苯甲酸(PG-e)。以(PG-c)為基準的產率為% 可使用於(J-3)等中的苐衍生物(J-3A)之結構,係如下 述。DCC (Synthesis example of ethyl 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy)benzoate (PG-a)) 105 320352 200909413 169 g (l. 〇 2 mol) of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 211 g (1. 53 mol) The carbonic acid was desorbed, 847 g of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, and the temperature was raised to 80 T:. Next, 277 g (1.53 mol) of 6-brominated hexane was dropped over 2 hours, followed by scrambled at 80 C for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. After the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 377 g of a colorless transparent liquid containing 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid ethyl ester (PG_a) as a main component. (Synthesis Example of 4-(6-Pyridylhexyloxy)benzoic Acid (PG-b)) In 377 g of a colorless transparent liquid containing (PG-a) as a main component obtained in the above paragraph, 905 g of methanol and 181 g were added. Stir the water afterwards. Next, 2,092 g of a methanol solution (containing 397 g (7.08 mol) of potassium hydroxide in a solution) in a saturated state was dropped, and then stirred at about 7 (TC for 5 hours. After cooling), 718 g of 35 was slowly added. % hydrochloric acid. The white solid precipitated by washing with water was separated by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C to give 4-(6-hydroxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-). b) 228 g of a white solid as a main component. The yield based on ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate was 94%. (4-(6-Acetyloxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-c) Synthesis Example) After replacing 228 g (0.99 mol) of (PG-b) white solid obtained in the preceding paragraph with 244 g (2.01 mol) of N,N-dimethylaniline in a container, it was replaced with nitrogen by 2282 g. 1, 4-dioxane was dissolved. After the reaction solution was heated to 70 ° C, '173 g (1.92 mol) of acrylonitrile chloride was dropped over 30 minutes and stirred for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was poured into ice. In the water, ethyl acetate was added for liquid separation extraction, and the organic layer was taken out. The obtained organic layer was washed with water at 106 320352 200909413, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. l 〇 9g (〇.37mol) of 4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzoic acid (PG_C) as a white solid. The yield based on (PG-b) is 39%. Synthesis example of ethoxymethyl benzoate (PG_d)) 166 g (1.2 mol) of 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 121 g (1.2 mol) of triethylamine and 1193 g of chloroform were placed in a container, and After stirring, a mixed solution of 113 g (1.2 mol) of chloromethylethyl ether and 298 g of chloroform was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and stirred for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was made up of water and aqueous hydrochloric acid. After the aqueous sodium carbonate solution is separated and washed, the organic layer is taken out. After the organic layer is distilled off under reduced pressure, 251 g of yellow hydroxybenzoate (PG-d) as a main component can be obtained. (Synthesis of 4-(4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzyloxy)benzoic acid (pG_e)) The ethoxylated 4-hydroxybenzoate (pG-I) obtained in the above paragraph d) In a yellow liquid of 124 g of the main component, 147 g (〇. 5〇111〇1) of the white solid of (PG-c) obtained in the preceding paragraph, and 7. 7 g (63 mmol) of 4-dimethylamine-based absorption were added. (Dian, 824g of gas imitation. Receiver I23 g (0.60 mol) of hydrazine, Ν'-dicyclohexyl sulphate anti-imine (DCC) was dissolved in I65 g of chloroform, and after dropping at room temperature, it was stirred for 24 hours. After that, the solid matter was removed after filtration. The organic layer was washed twice with 989 g of 2N hydrochloric acid. The washed organic layer was evaporated to give a 237 g of pale yellow liquid. To the resulting liquid, 47 勉 of ethanol and 12. 7 g (5 Omol of) of p-toluene ruthenium sulphate were added, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours in 6 Torr. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, white crystals were precipitated, so that the solid matter was taken out after filtration. The obtained solid matter was sufficiently washed with ethanol at 320352 107 200909413, and then dried to obtain 18 g of (4-(4-(6-propenyloxyhexyloxy)benzyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-). e) The yield based on (PG-c) is %. The structure of the anthracene derivative (J-3A) used in (J-3) or the like can be as follows.

(2, 7-二硝基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)薙之合成例) 在容器中,使25. 0g(93mmol)的2, 7-二石肖基-9-第_、 87g(925_ol)的酚、〇.49g(5mmol)的 3-巯基丙酸及 4. 5g 的硫酸混合後,於90°C中攪拌3小時。在將該反應溶液加 入已添加35g的曱醇與70g的水之容器中時,會析出結晶。 將該結晶過濾分離後,可得24. lg(55mmol)黃色結晶的 2, 7-二硝基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐,以2, 7-二硝基-9-g 酮為基準的產率為59%。 ((J-3A)的合成例) 將已容納15. 0g(34mmol)2, 7-二硝基-9, 9-雙(4-羥基 苯基)苐、75g的N,Ν’ -二甲基乙醯胺、7. lg(51 mmol)的碳 酸鉀、5. 3g(34mmol)的碘化乙基之容器加熱至7〇°C後,使 其熟成3小時。冷卻後,在該反應溶液中加入75g的甲基 異丁基酮與105g的1N鹽酸,攪拌後進行分液。以i〇5g的 1N鹽酸將所得的有機層分液清洗二次後,取出有機層。將 108 320352 200909413 所得的有機層濃縮後,加入正庚烷並使其晶析,可得15. 7g 的黃色結晶。再使所得的結晶經矽膠管柱層析儀精製後, 可得6.5 g黃色結晶的(J-3A)。以2, 7-二硝基-9,9-雙(4-羥基苯基)苐為基準的產率為41%。 ((J-3)的合成例) 在容器中,使 5. 6g(l2mmol)的(J-3A)、5. 9g(14mmol) 的(4-(4-(6-丙烯酸氧基己氧基)苄氧基)苯曱酸(PG-e)、 0. 2g (lmmol)的4-二曱基胺基吡啶及48g的氯仿混合後, 接著使3.3g(16mmol)的N,N’ -二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)溶 解於12g的氯仿中,於室溫中滴下後,攪拌24小時。之後, 加入59g的2N鹽酸後,過濾去除固形物,使濾液分液後取 出有機層。在所得的有機層中加入59g的2N鹽酸並分液清 洗後,餾去溶劑,加入曱醇,取得固形物。以甲醇充分清 洗所取得的固形物後,可得4.淡黃色固體的本化合物 (J-3)。以(J-3A)為基準的產率為44%。 &lt;本化合物(J -4)的製造例&gt; 本化合物(J-4)的結構如下述。(Synthesis Example of 2,7-Dinitro-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene) In a container, 25.0 g (93 mmol) of 2,7-dishhosyl-9-- 87 g (925_ol) of phenol, 49.49 g (5 mmol) of 3-mercaptopropionic acid and 4.5 g of sulfuric acid were mixed, and stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours. When the reaction solution was added to a vessel to which 35 g of decyl alcohol and 70 g of water had been added, crystals were precipitated. After the crystals were separated by filtration, 24. g (55 mmol) of 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)indole as a yellow crystal was obtained as 2,7-dinitro-9. The yield based on the -g ketone was 59%. (Synthesis Example of (J-3A)) 1 0 g (34 mmol) of 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene, 75 g of N,Ν'-dimethyl A vessel of acetamide, 7. lg (51 mmol) of potassium carbonate, and 5. 3 g (34 mmol) of ethyl iodide was heated to 7 ° C and then allowed to mature for 3 hours. After cooling, 75 g of methyl isobutyl ketone and 105 g of 1N hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred and separated. The obtained organic layer was liquid-washed twice with i 5 g of 1N hydrochloric acid, and then the organic layer was taken out. The crystallization of 15. 7 g of yellow crystals was obtained by concentrating the organic layer of 108 320352 200909413, and then adding n-heptane and crystallization. Further, the obtained crystal was purified by a ruthenium column chromatography to obtain 6.5 g of a yellow crystal (J-3A). The yield based on 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)indole was 41%. (Synthesis Example of (J-3)) In a vessel, 5.6 g (12 mmol) of (J-3A), 5.9 g (14 mmol) of (4-(4-(6-acryloxy hexyloxy)) After mixing benzyloxy)benzoic acid (PG-e), 0.2 g (1 mmol) of 4-didecylaminopyridine and 48 g of chloroform, 3.3 g (16 mmol) of N,N'-di The cyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved in 12 g of chloroform, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, after adding 59 g of 2N hydrochloric acid, the solid matter was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was separated and the organic layer was taken. After adding 59 g of 2N hydrochloric acid to the obtained organic layer and washing with a liquid separation, the solvent was distilled off, and decyl alcohol was added to obtain a solid matter. After the solid matter was sufficiently washed with methanol, the compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid. (J-3) The yield based on (J-3A) is 44%. <Production Example of Present Compound (J-4)&gt; The structure of the present compound (J-4) is as follows.

109 320352 200909413 可使用於(J-4)等中的苐衍生物(J_4A)之結構,係如下109 320352 200909413 The structure of the anthracene derivative (J_4A) which can be used in (J-4) or the like is as follows

述0 (2,7—二硝基―9, 9~雙(4,基I甲基-苯基)g之合成例) 除了使用鄰甲齡以取代紛之外,其餘進行與(2, 7_二石肖 基9, 9-雙(4-經基苯基)g之合成例)同樣的步驟,可得抑 =色固體的本化合物2,7二硝基_9,9_雙(4_經基_3_甲基_ 苯基)g。以2, 7-二硝基-9-第酮為基準的產率為67%。 ((J-4A)的合成例) +除了使S 2, 7-二確基-9, 9-雙(4-經基_3_甲基_苯基) 第以取代2,7-二確基-9,9_雙(4_經基苯基)第之外,其餘 進行與((J-3A)之合成例)同樣的步驟,可得1〇.^黃/色固 體的(J 4A)。以2, 7-二硝基-9, 9—雙(4-經基_3_曱基—苯基) 第為基準的產率為49%。 &lt;。-4)的合成例&gt; 除了使用(J-4A)以取代(J-3A)之外,其餘進行與((J_3) 之合成例)同樣的步驟’可得7. 〇 g淡黃色固體的(:_ 4)。以 (J-4A)為基準的產率為。 &lt;本化合物(J-5)的製造例〉 本化合物(J-5)的結構如下述。以下表示其合成例。 320352 110 200909413The synthesis example of 0 (2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4,yl-methyl-phenyl)g) is carried out in addition to the use of the adjacent age to replace the (2, 7 _Shuangshi Xiaoji 9,9-bis(4-p-phenylene)g synthesis example) The same procedure can be used to obtain the present compound 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis (4_ Base_3_methyl_phenyl)g. The yield based on 2,7-dinitro-9-ketone was 67%. (Synthesis Example of (J-4A)) + In addition to making S 2,7-di-decyl-9, 9-bis(4-transyl-3-yl-phenyl) substituted 2,7-di In the same procedure as in the (Synthesis Example of (J-3A)), the same procedure as in the case of the synthesis of (J-3A) can be obtained (J 4A) ). The yield based on 2,7-dinitro-9,9-bis(4-carbyl-3-indolyl-phenyl) was 49%. &lt;. -4) Synthesis Example&gt; The same procedure as in ((J_3) synthesis example) was carried out except that (J-4A) was used instead of (J-3A). 〇g pale yellow solid (:_ 4). The yield based on (J-4A) was . &lt;Production Example of Present Compound (J-5)> The structure of the present compound (J-5) is as follows. The synthesis example is shown below. 320352 110 200909413

可使用於(J-5)等中的丙烯酸酯衍生物(PG-h),是依照 以下的途徑合成。The acrylate derivative (PG-h) which can be used in (J-5) or the like is synthesized in accordance with the following route.

PG-fPG-f

PG-h ((PG-f)的合成例) 加入80g(0.37mol)的4-(4-輕基苯基)苯曱酸、206g (1.49mol)的碳酸鉀、400g的N,N-二曱基乙醯胺,並使其 昇溫至90°C。接著,以2小時滴下153g(l. 12mol)的6-氯 化己醇,之後於9(TC中攪拌8小時。將反應溶液冷卻後予 以過濾,除去固形物之後,注入水中使其晶析,過濾後取 111 320352 200909413 出固形物。以IN鹽酸清洗固形物之後,可得434g未乾燥 的(PG-f)之白色固體。 ((PG-g)的合成例) 在434g未乾燥的白色固體之(PG-f)中,加入600g的 四氫吱喃、30Og的乙二醇,並使其昇溫至65°C。接著,滴 下394g的10%氫氧化鈉(氫氧化鈉為0. 87mol),之後於 6 5 °C中擾拌3小時。使反應溶液冷卻後,注入水中,加入 鹽酸直至其變成酸性後,析出結晶。過濾後取出固形物, 經乾燥之後,可得103g的(PG-g)之白色固體。 ((PG-h)的合成例) 在100g(0. 45mol)的(PG-g)之白色固體中,加入lOOOg 的N,N-二曱基乙醯胺、123g(1.02mol)的N,N-二甲基苯 胺,並使其冷卻至〇°C。接著,滴下60. 5g(0. 67mol)的丙 烯醯氯,之後於室溫中攪拌3小時。使反應溶液冷卻後,. 加入1N鹽酸直至其變成酸性後,析出結晶。過濾後取出固 形物,經乾燥之後,可得80g的(PG-h)之白色固體。以(PG-g) 為基準的產率為64%。 &lt;(J-5)的合成例〉 除了使用(PG-g)以取代(PG-e)之外,其餘進行與((J-3) 之合成例)同樣的步驟,可得7. Og淡黃色固體的(J-5)。以 (J-3A)為基準的產率為79%。 &lt;本化合物(J-6)的製造例&gt; 本化合物(J-6)的結構如下述。以下表示其合成例。 112 320352 200909413Synthesis example of PG-h ((PG-f)) 80 g (0.37 mol) of 4-(4-light phenyl) benzoic acid, 206 g (1.49 mol) of potassium carbonate, 400 g of N, N- The mercaptoacetamide was allowed to warm to 90 °C. Next, 153 g (1.12 mol) of 6-chlorohexanol was added dropwise over 2 hours, followed by stirring at 9 (TC for 8 hours. The reaction solution was cooled, filtered, and the solid matter was removed, and then poured into water to cause crystallization. After filtration, 111 320352 200909413 was taken out. After washing the solid with IN hydrochloric acid, 434 g of undried (PG-f) white solid was obtained. (Synthesis of (PG-g)) 434 g of undried white solid (PG-f), 600 g of tetrahydrofuran, 30 Og of ethylene glycol was added, and the temperature was raised to 65 ° C. Then, 394 g of 10% sodium hydroxide (sodium hydroxide was 0.87 mol) was added dropwise. Then, the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 65 ° C. After cooling the reaction solution, it was poured into water, and hydrochloric acid was added until it became acidic, and crystals were precipitated. After filtration, the solid matter was taken out, and after drying, 103 g (PG-) was obtained. g) White solid. (Synthesis example of (PG-h)) In 100 g (0.45 mol) of (PG-g) white solid, add 100 g of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, 123 g ( 1.02 mol) of N,N-dimethylaniline, and allowed to cool to 〇 ° C. Then, 60.5 g (0.67 mol) of acrylonitrile chloride was dropped, followed by room temperature After mixing for 3 hours, the reaction solution was cooled, and 1N hydrochloric acid was added until it became acidic, and crystals were precipitated. After filtration, the solid matter was taken out, and after drying, 80 g of (PG-h) white solid was obtained. g) The yield based on the reference is 64%. &lt;Synthesis Example of (J-5)> The synthesis of ((J-3) is carried out except that (PG-g) is used instead of (PG-e) In the same procedure, a yield of 7. Og of a pale yellow solid (J-5) was obtained. The yield based on (J-3A) was 79%. &lt;Production Example of the present compound (J-6)&gt; The structure of the present compound (J-6) is as follows. The synthesis examples thereof are shown below. 112 320352 200909413

(J-6) 可使用於(J~6)等中的丙烯酸醋衍生物(PG-i),是依照 以下的途徑合成。 PG-e PG-d H+(J-6) The acrylic vinegar derivative (PG-i) which can be used in (J~6) or the like is synthesized in accordance with the following route. PG-e PG-d H+

DCC PG-i 〇·〇-DCC PG-i 〇·〇-

COOH ((PG- i)的合成例) 在前項所得的以4~羥基苯甲酸乙氧基曱酯(PG-d)為主 成分的19. 6g之黃色液體中,加入30. 9g(75丽〇1)的前項 所得的(PG-e)之白色固體、1.2g(l〇mmol)的4-二曱基胺基 比啶、245g的氣仿。接著使2〇· 6g(1〇〇_〇1)的N,N,一二 環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)溶解於49g的氯仿中,於室溫中滴下 後,攪拌24小時。之後,將過濾後去除固形物而得的有機 層’以989g的2N鹽酸分液清洗二次。將清洗後的有機層 餘去溶劑,可得88g的淡黃色液體。在所得的液體中,加 入88g的四氫呋喃、1. 9g(8mm01)的對甲苯磺酸吡啶鏽鹽與 88g的乙醇,於60°C中授拌3小時。將該反應溶液冷卻至 320352 113 200909413 室溫後,因析出白色結晶,故於過濾後取出固形物。以乙 醇將所得的固形物充分清洗後,使其乾燥,可得19. 2g的 (PG-i)。以(PG-e)為基準的產率為48%。 &lt;(J-6)的合成例&gt; 除了使甩(PG-i)以取代(PG-e)之外,其餘進行與((J-3) 之合成例)同樣的步驟,可得7. 3g淡黃色固體的(J-6)。以 (J-3A)為基準的產率為83%。 (實施例3) &lt;光學膜之製造例&gt; 在玻璃基板上塗布聚乙烯醇(聚乙烯醇1000完全皂化 型,和光純藥工業股份有限公司製)之2重量%水溶液,使 其加熱乾燥後,可得厚度89nm的膜。接著,在表面施予搓 擦處理後,藉由旋轉塗布法將表3的實施例3之組成之塗 布液(混合溶液)塗布在已搓擦處理過的面上,以45°C乾燥 1分鐘。接著,於室溫中放置1分鐘後,照射1200mJ/cm2 的紫外線後,作成光學膜。 表3中,LC242係購自BASF公司的液晶化合物,聚合 起始劑為Irgacure 907(汽巴精化公司製),整平劑係使用 BYK361N(曰本BYK製),溶劑係使用環戊酮。另外,溶劑以 外的表中之重量%,係指以塗布液為100重量%時的固形 份之重量%。 114 320352 200909413 【表3】 本化合物 液晶化合物 光聚合性 起始劑 整平劑 溶劑 化合物 編號 (重量%) 化合物 編號 (重量%) (重量%) (重量%) (重量%) 實施例3 J-3 3.7 LC242 25.3 0. 9 0. 1 70 實施例4 J-4 3.0 LC242 26.0 0.9 0.1 70 實施例5 J-5 2.4 LC242 26.6 0. 9 0.1 70 實施例6 J-6 5.8 LC242 23.2 0. 9 0.1 70 比較例3 _ — LC242 29.0 0.9 0.1 70 &lt;波長分散特性之測定&gt; 在450nm至700nm的波長範圍中,以測定儀(K0BRA-WA, 王子計測機器公司製)測定所作成的光學膜之相位差值,並 以裝置附件程式計算出波長450nm的相位差值Re(450)、 波長550nm的相位差值Re(550)、波長650nm的相位差值 Re(650)。結果如表4中所示。表中d表示液晶層的膜厚, /3表示作為雙折射性之指標的傾斜角(tilt angle),石值 越小時越表示為水平配向之意。 可知Re(450)/Re(550)之值越接近1,相位差值的波長 依賴性越降低。 115 320352 200909413 【表4】5克(75丽), 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。白色1) The white solid of (PG-e) obtained in the preceding paragraph, 1.2 g (10 mmol) of 4-didecylaminopyridinium, and 245 g of gas. Next, 2 〇·6 g (1〇〇_〇1) of N,N,dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) was dissolved in 49 g of chloroform, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature, followed by stirring for 24 hours. Thereafter, the organic layer obtained by removing the solid matter after filtration was washed twice with 989 g of 2N hydrochloric acid. The solvent was removed from the washed organic layer to obtain 88 g of a pale yellow liquid. To the resulting liquid, 88 g of tetrahydrofuran, 1.9 g (8 mm01) of p-toluenesulfonic acid pyridine salt and 88 g of ethanol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction solution to 320352 113 200909413, the white solid crystals were precipitated, and the solid matter was taken out after filtration. The PG (i) was obtained in an amount of 19.2 g (PG-i). The yield based on (PG-e) was 48%. &lt;Synthesis Example of (J-6)&gt; Except that 甩(PG-i) is substituted (PG-e), the same procedure as in (combination example of (J-3)) is performed, and 7 is obtained. .3g of pale yellow solid (J-6). The yield based on (J-3A) was 83%. (Example 3) &lt;Production Example of Optical Film&gt; A 2% by weight aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (polyvinyl alcohol 1000 completely saponified, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied to a glass substrate and dried by heating. Thereafter, a film having a thickness of 89 nm was obtained. Next, after applying a rubbing treatment to the surface, the coating liquid (mixed solution) of the composition of Example 3 of Table 3 was applied onto the rubbed surface by a spin coating method, and dried at 45 ° C for 1 minute. . Next, after leaving it for 1 minute at room temperature, it irradiated the ultraviolet-ray of 1200 mJ/cm2, and it was set as the optical film. In Table 3, LC242 was purchased from a liquid crystal compound of BASF Corporation, a polymerization initiator was Irgacure 907 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.), a leveling agent was BYK361N (manufactured by BY本BYK), and a solvent was a cyclopentanone. Further, the weight % in the table other than the solvent means the weight % of the solid content when the coating liquid is 100% by weight. 114 320352 200909413 [Table 3] Liquid crystal compound photopolymerization initiator, leveling agent Solvent compound number (% by weight) Compound number (% by weight) (% by weight) (% by weight) (% by weight) Example 3 J- 3 3.7 LC242 25.3 0. 9 0. 1 70 Example 4 J-4 3.0 LC242 26.0 0.9 0.1 70 Example 5 J-5 2.4 LC242 26.6 0. 9 0.1 70 Example 6 J-6 5.8 LC242 23.2 0. 9 0.1 70 Comparative Example 3 _ - LC242 29.0 0.9 0.1 70 &lt;Measurement of Wavelength Dispersion Characteristics&gt; The optical film was measured by a measuring instrument (K0BRA-WA, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) in a wavelength range of 450 nm to 700 nm. The phase difference value is calculated by the device attachment program, and the phase difference Re (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm, the phase difference Re (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm, and the phase difference Re (650) at a wavelength of 650 nm are calculated. The results are shown in Table 4. In the table, d indicates the film thickness of the liquid crystal layer, and /3 indicates the tilt angle as an index of birefringence, and the smaller the stone value, the more horizontal alignment. It can be seen that the closer the value of Re(450)/Re(550) is to 1, the more the wavelength dependence of the phase difference is lowered. 115 320352 200909413 [Table 4]

Re(550)[nm] Re(450)/Re(550) Re(650)/Re(550) d[ μπι] 石[。] 實施例3 122 1.049 0. 971 1.02 3.8 實施例4 130 1.060 0. 965 1.02 3.1 實施例5 134 1.058 0. 967 1.04 2.0 實施例6 137 1.045 0.974 1.05 4.3 比較例3 156 1.070 0.960 1.09 1.7 (實施例4) 除了使用表3的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例3同 樣的步驟製造光學膜。使用測定儀(K0BRA-WR,王子計測機 器公司製)測定所得的光學膜之相位差值。結果如表4中所 示。可知Re(450)/Re(550)之值越接近1,相位差值的波長 依賴性越降低。 (實施例5) 除了使用表3的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例3同 樣的步驟製造光學膜。使用測定儀(K0BRA-WR,王子計測機 器公司製)測定所得的光學膜之相位差值。結果如表4中所 示。可知Re(450)/Re(550)之值越接近1,相位差值的波長 依賴性越降低。 (實施例6) 除了使用表3的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例3同 樣的步驟製造光學膜。使用測定儀(K0BRA-WR,王子計測機 器公司製)測定所得的光學膜之相位差值。結果如表4中所 116 320352 200909413 示。可知Re(450)/Re(550)之值越接近1,相位差值的波長 依賴性越降低。 (比較例3) 除了使用表3的塗布液之外,其餘進行與實施例3同 樣的步驟製造光學膜。使用測定儀(K〇BRA_WR,王子計測機 器社製)測定所得的光學膜之始立差值。結果如表4中所示。 [產業上應用的可能性] 本發明可提供-種可更加抑制相位差值之波長依賴性的 新穎化合物及籠光_。本發Μ 示裝置(LCD)或有機電激發光(EL_ ^Ba,M 以式(a)表示的聚合性化合物係可 ( 防反射(AR)膜等防反射膜、偏光 間更的方法提供 膜、視角擴大膜等具有優異波長分敢 產膜、楕圓偏光 只要少量添加此化合物,即可以之光學膜。另外, 長分散特性朝負的方向移動,並可:方法使光學膜之波 散特性。 的波長分 散特性 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖(a)至(e)係本發明相關的偏光板 圖 例的截面 圖 第2圖(a)至(k)係本發明相關的偏光极 第3圖係本發明相關的液晶面板之 第4圖係本發明相關的有機 〜例的截面圖 例的截面 主要元件符號說明】 例的戴面圖 320352 117 200909413 l' r 光學膜 2 ' 2, 偏光膜層 3 ' 3,'3,, 接著劑層 4 偏光板 5 接著層 6 液晶面板 7 發光層 11 ' IV 液晶層 12、12, 配向膜層 13、13’ 支撐基材 118 320352Re(550)[nm] Re(450)/Re(550) Re(650)/Re(550) d[ μπι] stone [. Example 3 122 1.049 0. 971 1.02 3.8 Example 4 130 1.060 0. 965 1.02 3.1 Example 5 134 1.058 0. 967 1.04 2.0 Example 6 137 1.045 0.974 1.05 4.3 Comparative Example 3 156 1.070 0.960 1.09 1.7 (Example) 4) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the coating liquid of Table 3 was used. The phase difference of the obtained optical film was measured using a measuring instrument (K0BRA-WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in Table 4. It can be seen that the closer the value of Re(450)/Re(550) is to 1, the more the wavelength dependence of the phase difference is lowered. (Example 5) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the coating liquid of Table 3 was used. The phase difference of the obtained optical film was measured using a measuring instrument (K0BRA-WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in Table 4. It can be seen that the closer the value of Re(450)/Re(550) is to 1, the more the wavelength dependence of the phase difference is lowered. (Example 6) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the coating liquid of Table 3 was used. The phase difference of the obtained optical film was measured using a measuring instrument (K0BRA-WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in Table 4, 116 320352 200909413. It can be seen that the closer the value of Re(450)/Re(550) is to 1, the more the wavelength dependence of the phase difference is lowered. (Comparative Example 3) An optical film was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the coating liquid of Table 3 was used. The initial difference of the obtained optical film was measured using a measuring instrument (K〇BRA_WR, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in Table 4. [Industrial Applicability] The present invention can provide a novel compound and cage light which can further suppress the wavelength dependence of the retardation value. The present invention (LCD) or organic electroluminescence (EL_^Ba, M is a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (a), and an antireflection film such as an antireflection (AR) film or a method of providing a film between polarizers is provided. An angle-enhancing film, such as an optical fiber film, which has an excellent wavelength and a strong film, and a circularly polarized light, can be added as long as a small amount of this compound is added. Further, the long dispersion property moves in a negative direction, and the method can be used to make the optical film have dispersion characteristics. Wavelength Dispersion Characteristics [Brief Description] Fig. 1 (a) to (e) are cross-sectional views of a polarizing plate according to the present invention. Figs. 2(a) to (k) are polarization polarities related to the present invention. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a cross-sectional illustration of an organic to an embodiment of the present invention. A cross-sectional view of a main component is illustrated by a cross-sectional view of an example of the present invention. 320352 117 200909413 l' r Optical film 2 ' 2, polarizing film Layer 3 ' 3, '3,, then layer 4 polarizing plate 5 Next layer 6 Liquid crystal panel 7 Light-emitting layer 11 'IV Liquid crystal layer 12, 12, alignment film layer 13, 13' Support substrate 118 320352

Claims (1)

200909413 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種聚合性化合物,其係以式(a)表示者: Di〇 /A10-B10—ΧΙΟ—E10-P10 bo ( D20 N A20-B20-X20-E20-P20 (式(a)中,CIO表示四級碳原子或四級石夕原子; A10及A20分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二價雜 環基;A10及A20也可結合烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子; D10及D20分別獨立地為烴基或雜環基,並且D10 及D20所含的至少一個氳原子係經電子吸引基取代; D10及D20也可藉由烴基、胺基、醚基、硫醚基、胺烷 基、羰基或單鍵而相互連結; B10及B20分別獨立地表不-CRR -、_C三C_、 -CH=CH---CH2-CH2---0---S---C(=0)---C〇0)-0-、 -o-c(=o)- 、 -o-c(=o)-o- 、 -c(=s)- 、 -c(=s)-o-、 -〇-C(=S)- 、 -0-C(=S)-0- 、 -CH=N- 、 -N=CH-、 -C(=0)_NR-、_NR-C(=0)_、-OCH2-、-NR-、-CH2O-、 -SCHr 、 -CH2S- 、 -CH=CH-C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-CH=CH- 或單鍵;此處,R及R’分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基; 當X20不為單鍵時,X10及X20分別獨立地表示以 式(2)表示的二價基; --A3-B 3--(2) J η [式(2)中,A3表示-C(=0)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價 119 320352 200909413 雜環基,該-C(=〇)-C6H4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基 也可結合碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳原子數丨至4的烷 氧基、二氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基或鹵素原 子;B3表示與前述的B10及B20同義;n表示1至4的 整數,當η為2至4時,由A3及Β3所構成的結構單位 可互為相同,也可互不相同] 當Χ20為單鍵時,χιο表示以式(3)表示的二價基; f : 一一A31-B41--(3) 1 J η [式(3)中,A31表示-C(=〇)-C6H4-、5至20員環的二價環 狀烴基或5至20員環的二價雜環基;該气卜⑴乂旧广、 %•狀基或該雜壤基也可結合碳原子數1至4的烧基、 碳原子數1至4的烷氧基、三氟甲基、三氟曱基氧基、 腈基、石肖基或齒素原子; B41 表示-CRr R〆,-、-c 三 C-、_CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、 i -〇_、_s—.、一c(=0)_、-C(=0)-0-、-0-C(=0)_、 -0-C(=0)-〇-、-CH=N-、_N=CH_、-coo)-·/ -、 -NR!’ -C(=0)- 、-0CH2— 、_NRl,一、_CH2〇_ 、 -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-、-〇-C(=0)—CH=CH_或單鍵;此處,Ri, 及IV’分別獨立地表示碳原子數丨至4之烷基或氫原 子; η表示1至4的任一整數;當η為2至4時,由A3i 及所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同] 當X20不為單鍵時,E10及E2〇分別獨立地表示碳 320352 120 200909413 原子數2至25的伸烷基,E10及E20也可再結合烷基、 烷氧基、三氟曱基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基、鹵素 原子; 當X20為單鍵時,E10表示以式(b)表示的二價基, E20表示碳原子數1至12的伸烷基或伸環烷基,E2〇中 所含的氳原子也可經碳原子數1至4的烷基、碳數!至 4的烷氧基或處素子取代; .I Eg ............. B 5 — 一 (b) [式(b)中,E3表示碳原子數1至12的伸烧基,中所 含的氲原子也可經碳原子數丨至4的烷基、碳原子數ι 至4的烷氧基或||素子取代;Bs表示 -C(=0)-0- ^ -〇-C(=〇)_ . -C(=0)-NRi- ^ -NR,-C(-〇)-, -OCHr、-〇-C(=0)-〇-或單鍵、此處’ Ri表示碳原子數i 至4的烧基或氫原子] 當X20不為單鍵時,P1〇及P2〇分別獨立地表示 原子或聚合性基,刚及⑽的至少—者為聚合性基1 當X20為單鍵時,P1〇為氫原子或式(p—丨)至^ 表示的基,P20為氫原子;200909413 VII. Scope of application: 1. A polymerizable compound represented by formula (a): Di〇/A10-B10—ΧΙΟ—E10-P10 bo ( D20 N A20-B20-X20-E20-P20 ( In the formula (a), CIO represents a quaternary carbon atom or a quaternary austenite atom; A10 and A20 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; and A10 and A20 may also be bonded to an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. Or a halogen atom; D10 and D20 are each independently a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group, and at least one of the fluorene atoms contained in D10 and D20 is substituted with an electron attracting group; D10 and D20 may also be substituted by a hydrocarbon group, an amine group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amine alkyl group, a carbonyl group or a single bond to each other; B10 and B20 independently represent -CRR -, _C, three C_, -CH=CH---CH2-CH2---0---S- --C(=0)---C〇0)-0-, -oc(=o)-, -oc(=o)-o-, -c(=s)-, -c(=s) -o-, -〇-C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -CH=N-, -N=CH-, -C(=0)_NR-, _NR-C (=0)_, -OCH2-, -NR-, -CH2O-, -SCHr, -CH2S-, -CH=CH-C(=0)-0---0-C(=0)-CH= CH- or a single bond; here, R and R' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; when X20 is not a single When X10 and X20 respectively represent a divalent group represented by the formula (2); --A3-B 3--(2) J η [In the formula (2), A3 represents -C(=0)-C6H4 - a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent 119 320352 200909413 heterocyclic group, the -C(=〇)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group may also be bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨 to 4, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a halogen atom; B3 is synonymous with the above-mentioned B10 and B20; and n is a group of 1 to 4. An integer, when η is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of A3 and Β3 may be the same or different from each other. When Χ20 is a single bond, χιο represents a divalent group represented by the formula (3); f : one A31-B41--(3) 1 J η [In the formula (3), A31 represents -C(=〇)-C6H4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group of 5 to 20 membered rings or 5 to 20 members a divalent heterocyclic group of the ring; the gas (1) oxime, a hydroxy group or the heterobasic group may also be bonded to a carbon atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or the like. Fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyloxy, nitrile, schlossyl or dentate atom; B41 represents -CRr R〆, -, -c C-, _CH=CH-, -CH2-CH2-, i-〇_, _s-., a c(=0)_, -C(=0)-0-,-0-C(=0)_ , -0-C(=0)-〇-, -CH=N-, _N=CH_, -coo)-·/ -, -NR!' -C(=0)-, -0CH2—, _NRl, one , _CH2〇_, -CH=CH-C(=0)-0-, -〇-C(=0)-CH=CH_ or a single bond; here, Ri, and IV' independently represent carbon atoms Number 丨 to 4 alkyl or hydrogen atom; η represents any integer from 1 to 4; when η is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of A3i and may be the same or different from each other] When X20 When not a single bond, E10 and E2 are independently represented by carbon 320352 120 200909413 alkyl having 2 to 25 atoms, and E10 and E20 may be combined with alkyl, alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl. a base group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a halogen atom; when X20 is a single bond, E10 represents a divalent group represented by the formula (b), and E20 represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The ruthenium atom contained in E2 也 can also pass through an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a carbon number! Alkoxy or tetra-substituted to 4; .I Eg ............. B 5 - (b) [In the formula (b), E3 represents a carbon number of 1 to 12 The ruthenium atom contained in the alkyl group may also be substituted with an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a | | element; Bs represents -C(=0)-0- ^ -〇-C(=〇)_ . -C(=0)-NRi- ^ -NR,-C(-〇)-, -OCHr, -〇-C(=0)-〇- or single bond, Here, 'R represents a group or a hydrogen atom having a carbon number of i to 4. When X20 is not a single bond, P1〇 and P2〇 each independently represent an atom or a polymerizable group, and at least the polymerization of (10) is at least polymerization. When the X20 is a single bond, P1 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula (p-丨) to ^, and P20 is a hydrogen atom; [式(P-1)至(P-5)中 RdR5分卿立地表㈣原子數 320352 121 200909413 1至4之烧基或氫原子])。 2. —種聚合性化合物,其係以式(1)表示者: Dl\ /Al—Bl〜XI—E1—P1 D2 A2 — B2 〜X2 — E2—P2 (式(1)中,C表示四級碳原子或四級矽原子; A1及A2分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基或二價雜環 基;A1及A2也可結合烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子; D1及D2分別獨立地表示烴基或雜環基;並且D1 及D2中所含的至少—個氫原子係經電子吸引基取代; D1及D2也可藉由經基、胺基、趟基、硫趟基、胺基烧 基、幾基或單鍵而相互連結; B1及B2分別獨立地表示_CRR, —、—c三c_、 -CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、-〇-、_s_、_c(=〇)_、—c(=〇)_〇_、 -o-c〇o)-、-〇-c(=〇)-〇-、__c(=s)_、_c(=s)_〇_、 -〇-C(=S)_ 、 _〇_c(=s)_〇_ 、 _CH=N_ 、 _n=ch—、 C(-0)-NR- ' -NR-C(=〇)~ . -OCH2- ' -NR- ' -CH2O- ' -SCH2- &gt; -CH2S- &gt; -CH=CH-C(=0)-〇- &gt; -0-C(=0)-CH=CH- 或單鍵;此處,R及R,分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基; XI及X2分別獨立地表示以式(2)表示的二價基; A3 B 3 (2) η [式(2)中,A3表示-C(=0)—、二價環狀烴基或二價 雜裱基;該-c(=o)-aH4-、二價環狀烴基或二價雜環基, 122 320352 200909413 也可結合碳原子數1至4的烧基、碳原子數1至4的烧 氧基、二氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、腈基、硝基或齒素原 子;B3表示與前述的B1及B2同義;η表示1至4的整 數;當η為2至4時’由A3及Β3所構成的結構單位可 互為相同,也可互不相同] Ε1及Ε2分別獨立地表示碳原子數2至25之伸烷 基,Ε1及Ε2也可再結合烷基、烷氧基、三氟甲基、三 氟甲基氧基、猜基、麟基、鹵素原子, Ρ1及Ρ2分別獨立地表示氫原子或聚合性基,ρι及 P2的至少一者為聚合性基)。 3.如申讀專利範圍第1項的聚合性化合物’其中,與構成 式⑴中的D1及D2的基結合之電子吸引基,為確基、 腈基、二氟甲基、以式⑷表示的基或以式⑸表示的基: - C—0 II 、 〇 (4) —~c—Rb ό (5) (式(4)及式⑸H表示氫原子、碳原子數1至ΐ8 的直鏈狀麟、碳原子數3至18的分枝狀院基、碳原 子數5至18的環·、苯基、吱喃基或噻吩基;仙表 不石反原子數1至18的直鏈狀絲、凝原子數3至㈣ 分枝狀燒基、碳原子數5至18的環燒基、苯基、咬喃 基或嗔吩基)。 4·如申請專利第2或3項的聚合性化合物,其中,式 320352 123 200909413 (1)中的 B1 及 B2 係單鍵、-〇-、-S-、-C(=0)-、 ~C〇〇)-〇---0-C(=0)-或-0-C(=0)-0 基。 5.如申請專利範圍第2至4項中任一項之聚合性化合物, 其中’由式(1)中的C1、D1及D2所構成的二價基,係 選自式(D-1)至(D-11)所成群組之二價基:[In the formula (P-1) to (P-5) RdR5 is divided into the surface of the ground (4) atomic number 320352 121 200909413 1 to 4 of the alkyl or hydrogen atom]). 2. A polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1): Dl\ /Al-Bl~XI-E1-P1 D2 A2 - B2 to X2 - E2 - P2 (in the formula (1), C represents four a carbon atom or a quaternary halogen atom; A1 and A2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group; A1 and A2 may also be bonded to an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom; D1 and D2 are independently independently a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group; and at least one hydrogen atom contained in D1 and D2 is substituted with an electron attracting group; D1 and D2 may also be substituted by a base group, an amine group, a thiol group, a thiol group or an amine group. Bases, bases or single bonds are linked to each other; B1 and B2 independently represent _CRR, -, -c three c_, -CH=CH-, -CH2-CH2-, -〇-, _s_, _c(=〇 )_, -c(=〇)_〇_, -oc〇o)-, -〇-c(=〇)-〇-, __c(=s)_, _c(=s)_〇_, -〇 -C(=S)_ , _〇_c(=s)_〇_ , _CH=N_ , _n=ch—, C(-0)-NR- ' -NR-C(=〇)~ . -OCH2 - ' -NR- ' -CH2O- ' -SCH2- &gt; -CH2S- &gt; -CH=CH-C(=0)-〇- &gt; -0-C(=0)-CH=CH- or single a bond; here, R and R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; XI and X2 are independently represented a divalent group represented by the formula (2); A3 B 3 (2) η [In the formula (2), A3 represents a -C(=0)-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterofluorenyl group; (=o)-aH4-, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent heterocyclic group, 122 320352 200909413 may also be bonded to a carbon atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a difluoromethyl group. a base, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitrile group, a nitro group or a dentate atom; B3 is synonymous with the aforementioned B1 and B2; η represents an integer of 1 to 4; and when η is 2 to 4, 'by A3 and Β3 The structural units may be the same or different from each other. Ε1 and Ε2 each independently represent an alkylene group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms, and Ε1 and Ε2 may also be combined with an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a trifluoromethyl group. The group, the trifluoromethyloxy group, the tribasic group, the aryl group, and the halogen atom each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group, and at least one of ρ and P2 is a polymerizable group). 3. The polymerizable compound of the first aspect of the patent application, wherein the electron attracting group bonded to the group of D1 and D2 in the formula (1) is an exact group, a nitrile group or a difluoromethyl group, represented by the formula (4) The base or the group represented by the formula (5): - C - 0 II , 〇 (4) - ~ c - Rb ό (5) (Formula (4) and (5) H represent a hydrogen atom, a linear number of carbon atoms 1 to 8 a cylindrical, branched ordinal group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a ring having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group or a thienyl group; a linear form having a reverse atomic number of 1 to 18 The number of filaments, the number of condensed atoms is 3 to (4), the branched alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, the phenyl group, the butyl group or the porphin group. 4. The polymerizable compound of claim 2 or 3, wherein B1 and B2 in the formula 320352 123 200909413 (1) are single bonds, -〇-, -S-, -C(=0)-, ~ C〇〇)-〇---0-C(=0)- or -0-C(=0)-0 base. 5. The polymerizable compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the divalent group consisting of C1, D1 and D2 in the formula (1) is selected from the formula (D-1). To the divalent group of the group (D-11): (D-l 1) (式(D-1)至(D-11)中,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引 基;P及q分別表示獨立的〇皇4,r表示〇至6;但是, 當上述基為具有(EWGW(EWG)&lt;基時,Bp + qy, 為具有(EWG)r及(EWG)c^基時,;[$Γ+(^1〇)。 6.如申請專利範圍第2纟5項中,任一項―之㉟合性化合 ,,其中,式⑴中的聚合性基為丙稀醯基或T基丙婦 S&amp;基〇 「如申請專利第2項的聚合性化合物,其中,以式⑴ 表示的聚合性化合物係選自式(Η)至(1-C)表示的化 合物所成群組之化合物: 320352 124 200909413(Dl 1) (In the formulae (D-1) to (D-11), the EWG independently represents the electron attracting group; P and q respectively represent the independent 〇 4 4, and r represents 〇 to 6; however, when the above base It is (EWGW(EWG)&lt;base time, Bp + qy, when it has (EWG)r and (EWG)c^ base; [$Γ+(^1〇). 6. As claimed in claim 2纟5, any of the 35 combinations, wherein the polymerizable group in the formula (1) is acrylonitrile or T-based propyl S&amp; based on the polymerized compound as claimed in claim 2 Wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (1) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formulae (Η) to (1-C): 320352 124 200909413 1-A 1-B 1-C (式(1-A)至U-C)中,nl分別獨立地表示i至3的整 分別獨立地表示2至14的整數;R,,分別獨立地表 不氣原子或甲基)。 8·—種組成物’其含有:不同於中請專利範圍第2至7項 中任一項之聚合性化合物且顯示液晶性的聚合性化合 物、與申請專利範g第2至7項中項之聚合性化合 物0 125 320352 200909413 9.如申請專利範圍第8項的組成物,其中,該不同於申請 專利範圍第2至7項中任一項之聚合性化合物且顯示液 晶性的聚合性化合物,係以式(I)、式(II)、式(ΠΙ)或 式(IV)表示的化合物: P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) s-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) (II) (III) (IV) P110-B110-E110- (A110-B120) S-E120-B130-P120 P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) -F110 P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 [式(I)至(IV)中,A110分別獨立地表示二價環狀烴基、 二價雜環基、亞甲基伸苯基、氧伸苯基或硫伸苯基 (thiophenylene) ; A110也可結合碳原子數1至5的烧 基、碳原子數1至5的烷氧基或鹵素原子; B110、B120、B130及B140分別獨立地表示 _CRi Ri -、-C 三 C._、-CH=CH-、-CH2_CH2-、-0-、-S--、 _C(-0)- ' ^0(=0)-0- ' -0-C(=0)_ N _0_C(=0)_0- ' ~C(-S)- ' _C(-S)_0_ ^ _0_C(=S)_ N -0~0(-8)-0·· '1-A 1-B 1-C (in the formula (1-A) to UC), nl independently represents that the integers from i to 3 each independently represent an integer of 2 to 14; R, respectively, independently represent a gas atom; Or methyl). A composition comprising: a polymerizable compound different from the polymerizable compound according to any one of claims 2 to 7 and exhibiting liquid crystallinity, and the items of the second and seventh items of the patent application The polymerizable compound of the invention of claim 8, wherein the polymerizable compound which is different from the polymerizable compound of any one of claims 2 to 7 and exhibits liquid crystallinity. , a compound represented by formula (I), formula (II), formula (ΠΙ) or formula (IV): P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) s-B130-E120-B140-P120 (I) ( II) (III) (IV) P110-B110-E110- (A110-B120) S-E120-B130-P120 P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) -F110 P110-B110-E110- (B120-A110) S-B130-F110 [In the formulae (I) to (IV), A110 each independently represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a methylene extended phenyl group, an oxygen extended phenyl group or a sulfur extended phenyl group ( Thiophenylene); A110 may also be bonded to a carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; B110, B120, B130 and B140 independently represent _CRi Ri-, -C, respectively. C._, -CH =CH-, -CH2_CH2-, -0-, -S--, _C(-0)- ' ^0(=0)-0- ' -0-C(=0)_ N _0_C(=0)_0 - ' ~C(-S)- ' _C(-S)_0_ ^ _0_C(=S)_ N -0~0(-8)-0·· ' -0-C(=0)-CH=CH-或單鍵(且,Ri’及Ri”分別獨立地表 示氫原子或碳原子數1至4之烷基); E110及E120分別獨立地表示碳數2至25之伸烷 基;並且,E110及E120也可與碳原子數1至5之烷基、 碳原子數1至5之烷氧基或i素原子結合; 126 320352 200909413 Pi 10及P120分別獨立地表示聚合性基; Fn〇表示氫原子、烧基、腈基、石肖基、三 或_素原子,· S分別獨立地表示丨至5之整數;當s為2至5時, 由Alio及B120所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可 互不相同]。 10.如申請專利範圍第8或9項的組成物,其中’相對於不 同於申請專·圍第2至7項中任—項之聚合性化合物 且顯不液晶性的聚合性化合物、與申請專利範圍第2至 7項中任一項之聚合性化合物的合計1〇〇重量份,申請 專利範圍第2至7項中任一項之聚合性化合物之含有量 為3至50重量份。 11·種光學膜,其含有:源自申請專利範圍第2至7項中 任一項之聚合性化合物的結構單位。 . 12. —種光學膜,其係由申請專利範圍第8至1〇項中任一 項之組成物聚合而成。 13. 如申請專利範圍第u或12項的光學膜’其係使用於波 長550mn的相位差值(Re(550))為113至163nm的又/4 板。 U.如申請專利範圍第π或12項的光學膜,其係使用於波 長550nm的相位差值(Re(550))為250至300nm的;1/2 板。 15· —·種偏光板’其含有:申請專利範圍第U至14項中任 一項之光學膜、與偏光膜。 320352 127 200909413 16.—種平面顯示裝置,其具備:申請專利範圍第15項的 偏光板、與液晶面板。 17· —種有機EL顯示裝置,其具備:包含申請專利範圍第 15項的偏光板之有機電激發光面板。 18. —種未聚合膜的製造方法,其係將申請專利範圍第8至 10項中任一項之組成物塗布在支撐基材後,再使其乾 燥。 19· -種未聚合膜的製造方法,其係在支樓基材上所形成的 配向膜上,塗布申請專利範圍第8至1〇項中任一項之 組成物後,再使其乾燥。 20. -種光學膜的製造方法,其係使申請專利範圍第或 19項之製造方法所得的未聚合膜藉由聚合而硬化。 21. —種化合物,其係以式(11)或式(21)表示者·· 'A/ &lt;EW% E21-B21 (EWG)w./C\ (EWG)qi P At,x q1 E21-B21 Bfl-X-ErBarP^ (21) (EWGhP (u) (式(11)至(21)中,EWG分別獨立地表示電子吸引基; pi及ql分別獨立地表示0至4的任一整數;但是,i Spl + ql ^ 8 ; Απ及Al2分別獨立地表示1,4-伸苯基,該1,4-伸苯 基也可結合選自彻、子數1至4的縣及㈣子數i至 4的烷氧基所成群組中的至少一種取代基; Bn、B21 及 B31 分別獨立地表示 _〇_、_s_、—c(=〇)_、 320352 128 200909413 -C(:〇)-0—— -〇-c(=〇)-、-c(:o)-NRl,—、 _NRl —C(=〇)…0CH2~、—〇-c(=o)-o-或單鍵;此處, Ri刀別獨立地表示碳原子數1至4之院基或氣原子; x表示以式(3)表示的二價基; ’、,-0-C(=0)-CH=CH- or a single bond (and, Ri' and Ri" each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; E110 and E120 each independently represent carbon a number of 2 to 25 alkyl groups; and, E110 and E120 may also be bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an atom of an atom; 126 320352 200909413 Pi 10 and P120 Respectively, the polymerizable group is independently represented; Fn 〇 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a nitrile group, a stone succinyl group, a tris or a γ atom, and S represents an integer of 丨 to 5, respectively; when s is 2 to 5, by Alio And the structural units formed by B120 may be the same or different from each other.] 10. The composition of claim 8 or 9 of the patent application, wherein 'relative to the application is different from items 2 to 7 A total of 1 part by weight of the polymerizable compound of the polymerizable compound of any of the above, and the polymerizable compound of any one of the second to seventh aspects of the patent application, claim 2 to 7 The content of the polymerizable compound according to any one of the items is 3 to 50 parts by weight. 11. An optical film containing: from the application The structural unit of the polymerizable compound according to any one of items 2 to 7. The optical film of the invention is polymerized by the composition of any one of claims 8 to 1. 13. The optical film as claimed in claim u or 12 is used for a /4 plate having a phase difference (Re (550)) of wavelength 550 nm of 113 to 163 nm. U. 12-item optical film used for phase difference (Re(550)) at a wavelength of 550 nm of 250 to 300 nm; 1/2 plate. 15··· kinds of polarizing plates' containing: Patent application range U to An optical film and a polarizing film according to any one of the items of the item of the above-mentioned item of the present invention, which is a polarizing plate of the fifteenth item of the patent application, and a liquid crystal panel. An organic electroluminescent panel comprising a polarizing plate of claim 15 of the patent application. 18. A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which is a composition of any one of claims 8 to 10. After coating on the support substrate, it is dried. 19· - Preparation of unpolymerized film The method of manufacturing the composition of any one of claims 8 to 1 after drying on the alignment film formed on the substrate of the support, and drying the composition. A method of curing an unpolymerized film obtained by the production method of claim No. 19 or 19 by polymerization. 21. A compound which is expressed by the formula (11) or (21) · 'A / &lt;EW% E21-B21 (EWG)w./C\ (EWG)qi P At,x q1 E21-B21 Bfl-X-ErBarP^ (21) (EWGhP (u) (Formula (11) to (21) Wherein, EWG independently represents an electron attracting group; pi and ql each independently represent any integer from 0 to 4; however, i Spl + ql ^ 8 ; Απ and Al2 independently represent 1,4-phenylene The 1,4-phenylene group may also be bonded to at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a subunit of 1 to 4 and an alkoxy group of (4) subunits i to 4; Bn, B21 and B31 Respectively represent _〇_, _s_, -c(=〇)_, 320352 128 200909413 -C(:〇)-0—— -〇-c(=〇)-, -c(:o)-NRl, —, _NRl —C(=〇)...0CH2~, —〇-c(=o)-o- or single key; here, Ri knife is unique The standing indicates a courtyard or a gas atom having a carbon number of 1 to 4; x represents a divalent group represented by the formula (3); 、一中A31表示~C(=〇)-C6H4_、5至20員環的二價環 狀烴基或5至20員環的二價雜環基;該_c(伽h:_、 環狀煙基或該雜環基也可結合碳肝數丨至4的烧基、 厌原子數1至4的燒氧基、三氟甲基、三氟甲基氧基、 猜基、硝基或鹵素原子; 心表示” Rl” _、_CeC—、_ch=ch…n、 〇 一、—S~、-.-C(=0)~、-C〇0)-〇-、-〇-C(=〇)-、-〇-c(=〇)-〇—、 CH N N-CH-&gt;-0(=0)-^^^ -Ν-NRr -C(=0)~--0CH2-^ -NRi - &gt; -CH2O- ^ -CH=CH-C(=0)-0- ^ -0-C(=〇)-CH=CH-或單鍵;此處,Rl,及Ri,,分別獨立地表示碳原子數1 至4之院基或氫原子; η表不1至4的任一整數;當η為2至4時,由a31 及B41所構成的結構單位可互為相同,也可互不相同] Επ表示碳原子數1至12之伸烷基,En中所含的氫 原子也可經碳原子數1至4之烷基、碳原子數1至4之 烧氧基或鹵素原子取代; E21表示碳原子數1至12之烷基或環烷基,En中所 含的氫原子也可經碳原子數1至4之烷基、碳原子數J 129 320352 200909413 至4之烷氧基或鹵素原子取代; Pn為氫原子或以式(P—1)至(p—5)表示的基;A31 represents ~C(=〇)-C6H4_, a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group of 5 to 20 membered rings or a divalent heterocyclic group of 5 to 20 membered rings; the _c (gamma h: _, ring-shaped smoke) Or a heterocyclic group may also be bonded to a carbonyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 4, an alkoxy group having an anatomical number of 1 to 4, a trifluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a nitro group or a halogen atom. ; heart means "Rl" _, _CeC-, _ch=ch...n, 〇一, -S~, -.-C(=0)~, -C〇0)-〇-, -〇-C(=〇 )-, -〇-c(=〇)-〇-, CH N N-CH-&gt;-0(=0)-^^^ -Ν-NRr -C(=0)~--0CH2-^ - NRi - &gt; -CH2O- ^ -CH=CH-C(=0)-0- ^ -0-C(=〇)-CH=CH- or single bond; here, Rl, and Ri, are independent The ground represents a hospital atom or a hydrogen atom having a carbon number of 1 to 4; η represents an integer of 1 to 4; when η is 2 to 4, the structural units composed of a31 and B41 may be the same as each other.互π denotes an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in En may also pass through an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. Substituted; E21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in En is also Substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of J 129 320352 200909413 to 4 or a halogen atom; Pn is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula (P-1) to (p-5) ; [式(P-1)至(P-5)中,R1至R5分別獨立地表示碳原子 數1至4之燒基或氯原子])。 22.如申請專利範圍第21項的化合物,其中,式(11)及(21) 中的EWG為硝基、腈基或三氟甲基。 23·如申請專利範圍第21或22項的化合物,其中,Asi為式 (4-1)至(4-5)表示的任一種基··[In the formulae (P-1) to (P-5), R1 to R5 each independently represent a carbon atom or a chlorine atom of 1 to 4]. 22. The compound according to claim 21, wherein the EWG in the formulae (11) and (21) is a nitro group, a nitrile group or a trifluoromethyl group. 23. The compound of claim 21, wherein the Asi is any one of the formulas (4-1) to (4-5). 24. 如申請專利範圍第21至23項中任一項之化合物,其 中,式(11)及(21)中的p!為以式(ρ_ι)表示的基。 25. —種組成物,其含有:申請專利範圍第。至%項中任 一項之化合物、與顯示液晶性的聚合性化合物。 26. —種光學膜,其係由申請專利範圍第25項的組成物聚 合而成者。 27. —種光學膜,其含有··源自申請專利範圍第21至24項 中任一項之化合物的結構單位。 —種;1/4板,其係申請專利範圍第26或27項的光學 320352 130 200909413 膜,而透過該光學膜的光的波長55Onm的相位差值 (Re(550))為 113 至 163nm 者。 29. —種;1/2板,其係申請專利範圍第26或27項的光學 膜,而透過該光學膜的光的波長550nm的相位差值 (Re(550))為 250 至 300nm 者。 30. —種偏光板,其包含:申請專利範圍第26至29項中任 一項之光學膜、與偏光膜。 31. —種平面顯示裝置,其具備:申請專利範圍第30項的 偏光板、與液晶面板。 32. —種有機EL顯示裝置,其具備:申請專利範圍第30項 的偏光板、與有機電激發光面板。 33. —種未聚合膜的製造方法,其係將含有申請專利範圍第 25項的組成物之溶液塗布在支撐基材後,再使其乾燥。 34. —種未聚合膜的製造方法,其·係將含有申請專利範圍第 2 5項的組成物之溶液塗布在支撑' 基材上所形成的配向 膜上,再使其乾燥。 35. —種光學膜的製造方法,其係使申請專利範圍第33或 34項中任一項之製造方法所得的未聚合膜藉由聚合而 硬化者。 131 32035224. The compound of any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein p! in the formulae (11) and (21) is a group represented by the formula (ρ_ι). 25. A composition comprising: the scope of the patent application. A compound of any one of the above items, and a polymerizable compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity. 26. An optical film obtained by polymerizing a composition of claim 25 of the patent application. An optical film comprising the structural unit of the compound of any one of claims 21 to 24 of the patent application. - a 1/4 plate, which is an optical 320352 130 200909413 film of claim 26 or 27, and a phase difference (Re(550)) of light having a wavelength of 55 Onm transmitted through the optical film is 113 to 163 nm . 29. A 1/2 plate which is an optical film of claim 26 or 27, and a phase difference (Re(550)) of light having a wavelength of 550 nm transmitted through the optical film is 250 to 300 nm. A polarizing plate comprising: an optical film according to any one of claims 26 to 29, and a polarizing film. A flat display device comprising: a polarizing plate of claim 30 and a liquid crystal panel. An organic EL display device comprising: a polarizing plate of the 30th patent application; and an organic electroluminescent panel. A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying a solution containing the composition of claim 25 to a support substrate, followed by drying. A method for producing an unpolymerized film, which comprises applying a solution containing the composition of the second aspect of the patent application to an alignment film formed on a support substrate, and drying the solution. A method of producing an optical film which is obtained by curing by polymerization by the unpolymerized film obtained by the production method according to any one of claims 33 or 34. 131 320352
TW097124051A 2007-06-29 2008-06-27 Compound and optical film TWI441809B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007171882 2007-06-29
JP2007304027A JP5292778B2 (en) 2007-11-26 2007-11-26 Compound and optical film

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200909413A true TW200909413A (en) 2009-03-01
TWI441809B TWI441809B (en) 2014-06-21

Family

ID=40486901

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097124051A TWI441809B (en) 2007-06-29 2008-06-27 Compound and optical film

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20090004595A (en)
TW (1) TWI441809B (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI482769B (en) * 2009-03-16 2015-05-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Compound, optical film and method for making an optical film
KR102377423B1 (en) * 2018-01-11 2022-03-22 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A binder resin, a colored photo resist composition, a bank comprising the same and a display device comprising the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI441809B (en) 2014-06-21
KR20090004595A (en) 2009-01-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5451176B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, display device, and optical film manufacturing method
JP5219583B2 (en) Composition, optical film and method for producing the same, optical member and display device
JP5443720B2 (en) Composition, optical film and method for producing the same, optical member, and display device
TWI476174B (en) Chemical compound
TWI443132B (en) Optical film
TWI482769B (en) Compound, optical film and method for making an optical film
TWI494418B (en) Composition
KR102363019B1 (en) A side chain liquid crystal polymer, a liquid crystal composition, a retardation film, a manufacturing method of a retardation film, a transfer laminate, an optical member, a manufacturing method of an optical member, and a display device
JP6553708B2 (en) Polymerizable composition, film, and half mirror for projection image display
TW201311743A (en) Photoreactive liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment element and preparation method thereof
TW200936654A (en) Optical film
JP2009149754A (en) Polymerizable compound and optical film produced by polymerizing the polymerizable compound
JP2021103302A (en) Anisotropic light absorbing film and laminate
JP7119973B2 (en) polymerizable liquid crystal compound
JP5649779B2 (en) Liquid crystalline composition and optical film
US10519374B2 (en) Polymerizable composition containing polymerizable compound, film, half mirror for displaying projection image, and polymerizable compound
JP2009108152A (en) Polymerizable compound and optical film
TW201014862A (en) Polymerizable chiral compound, polymerizable liquid crystalline composition, liquid crystalline polymer, and optical isomer
JP2010001284A (en) Compound and optical film
JP5292778B2 (en) Compound and optical film
US11543697B2 (en) Polarizer and image display device
TW200909413A (en) Compound and optical film
TW201510625A (en) Oriented-film-forming composition
CN104334686B (en) Polymerisable liquid crystal compound, the liquid-crystal composition comprising this compound and comprise the optically anisotropic body of this material
JP7192514B2 (en) Polymerizable composition, retardation film and method for producing same, laminate for transfer, optical member and method for producing same, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees